* lisp/mouse.el (minor-mode-menu-from-indicator):
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobff09bf79c252f63ccb585e3d5815279b553ae9c5
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21799 24401 566172 757000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21678 60840
69 ;;;;;; 221777 189000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21678 60840
89 ;;;;;; 221777 189000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21678 60840
100 ;;;;;; 225777 350000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21678 60840 513788
112 ;;;;;; 871000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21678 60839
242 ;;;;;; 441745 885000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21678 60839 237737 687000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21678 60839 245738 8000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21678
841 ;;;;;; 60839 241737 848000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21697 290 536850
900 ;;;;;; 376000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21678 60840 197776
922 ;;;;;; 230000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21678 60839 249738
955 ;;;;;; 169000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21678
982 ;;;;;; 60840 229777 510000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21678 60839 305740
1019 ;;;;;; 419000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21678 60839 249738
1041 ;;;;;; 169000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21678 60839 249738
1157 ;;;;;; 169000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21678 60839 253738 330000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21756 63738
1249 ;;;;;; 14470 148000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21678 60840
1456 ;;;;;; 229777 510000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21678
1484 ;;;;;; 60839 625753 279000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21678 60839 253738
1497 ;;;;;; 330000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21678 60840
1558 ;;;;;; 229777 510000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21678 60839 253738
1569 ;;;;;; 330000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21803
1608 ;;;;;; 61751 253342 299000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21756 63737 806475
1660 ;;;;;; 370000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21678 60839 253738 330000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21678 60840
1787 ;;;;;; 229777 510000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21756 63737 810475
1806 ;;;;;; 270000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839 ;;;***
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21678
1842 ;;;;;; 60839 441745 885000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876 ;;;***
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21678 60840
1879 ;;;;;; 445786 150000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968 ;;;***
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21678 60840 441785 990000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1979 ;;;***
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21678 60839 869763
1982 ;;;;;; 84000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 ;;;***
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21678 60840
2007 ;;;;;; 197776 230000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014 What is blackbox?
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2023 Overview of play:
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045 Details:
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2124 ;;;***
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21798 38124 240660
2127 ;;;;;; 218000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2318 ;;;***
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21797 54705
2321 ;;;;;; 60905 16000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2380 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2381 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2382 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2383 says which browser to use.
2385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2388 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2389 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2390 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2392 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2394 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2397 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2405 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2406 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2437 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2439 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2440 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2441 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2444 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2445 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2447 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2448 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2455 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2456 Chromium.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2463 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2466 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2467 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2468 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2471 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2472 new tab in an existing window instead.
2474 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2475 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2488 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2489 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2491 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2492 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2493 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2494 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2503 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2504 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2506 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2507 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2508 program is invoked according to the variable
2509 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2511 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2512 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2513 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2514 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2517 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2521 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2523 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2525 Default to the URL around or before point.
2527 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2528 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2529 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2531 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2532 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2533 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2534 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2537 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2541 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2546 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2548 When called interactively, if variable
2549 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2550 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2551 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2552 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2555 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2556 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2558 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2559 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2565 Default to the URL around or before point.
2567 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2568 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2569 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2571 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2572 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2574 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2576 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2577 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2578 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2579 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2581 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2583 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2585 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2586 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2587 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2588 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2589 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2590 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2592 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2594 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2595 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2596 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2597 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2598 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2600 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2601 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2602 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2603 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2606 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2611 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2612 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2613 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2614 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2615 current one.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2619 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2620 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2622 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2623 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2628 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2629 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2630 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2631 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2632 don't offer a form of remote control.
2634 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2637 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2638 Default to the URL around or before point.
2640 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2642 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2643 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2644 Default to the URL around the point.
2646 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2647 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2649 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2650 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2652 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2654 ;;;***
2656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21678 60839 257738 491000))
2657 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2658 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2660 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2661 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2662 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2663 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2665 \(fn)" t nil)
2667 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2668 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2669 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2670 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2672 \(fn)" t nil)
2674 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2675 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2677 \(fn)" t nil)
2679 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2680 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2681 \\<bs-mode-map>
2682 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2683 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2684 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2685 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2687 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2688 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2689 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2690 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2691 name of buffer configuration.
2693 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2695 ;;;***
2697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21678 60840 197776
2698 ;;;;;; 230000))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2701 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2702 Play Bubbles game.
2703 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2704 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2705 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2706 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2707 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2708 columns on its right towards the left.
2710 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2711 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2712 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2713 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2715 \(fn)" t nil)
2717 ;;;***
2719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2720 ;;;;;; (21678 60840 229777 510000))
2721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2723 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2725 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2726 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2728 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2729 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2733 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2734 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2738 ;;;***
2740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21804
2741 ;;;;;; 3763 202437 529000))
2742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2743 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2744 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2745 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2747 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2749 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2750 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2751 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2752 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2753 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2754 else the global value will be modified.
2756 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2758 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2759 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2760 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2761 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2762 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2763 else the global value will be modified.
2765 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2767 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2768 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2769 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2773 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2774 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2775 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2776 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2778 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2779 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2780 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2781 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2782 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2783 before scanning it.
2785 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2786 that already has a `.elc' file.
2788 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2789 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2791 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2792 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2793 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2794 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2795 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2796 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2798 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2800 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2801 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2802 Print the result in the echo area.
2803 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2807 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2808 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2809 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2811 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2813 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2814 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2815 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2816 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2817 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2818 all functions called by those functions.
2820 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2821 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2822 cons, etc.).
2824 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2825 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2826 invoked interactively.
2828 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2830 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2831 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2832 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2833 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2835 \(fn)" nil nil)
2837 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2838 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2839 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2840 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2841 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2842 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2843 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2844 already up-to-date.
2846 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2848 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2849 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2850 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2851 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2853 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2854 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2855 and corresponding effects.
2857 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2859 ;;;***
2861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21678
2862 ;;;;;; 60839 305740 419000))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2865 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2867 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2869 ;;;***
2871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21678 60839
2872 ;;;;;; 305740 419000))
2873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2875 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2877 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2879 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2881 ;;;***
2883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21678
2884 ;;;;;; 60839 305740 419000))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2887 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2888 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2889 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2890 from the cursor position.
2892 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2894 ;;;***
2896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21678 60839 297740 98000))
2897 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2898 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2900 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2901 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2905 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2906 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2908 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2910 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2911 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2913 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2916 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2917 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2918 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2920 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2922 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2923 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2924 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2925 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2927 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2930 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2931 This is most useful in the X window system.
2932 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2933 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2935 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2937 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2938 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2939 See calc-keypad for details.
2941 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2944 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2946 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2948 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2949 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2951 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2953 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2954 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2956 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2958 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2959 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2960 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2962 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2964 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2965 Define Calc function.
2967 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2968 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2969 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2971 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2972 actual Lisp function name.
2974 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2976 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2978 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2980 ;;;***
2982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21678 60839
2983 ;;;;;; 289739 776000))
2984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2986 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2989 \(fn N)" t nil)
2991 ;;;***
2993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21702 18751 28687
2994 ;;;;;; 539000))
2995 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2997 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2998 Run the Emacs calculator.
2999 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3001 \(fn)" t nil)
3003 ;;;***
3005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21678 60839
3006 ;;;;;; 313740 741000))
3007 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3009 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3010 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3011 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3012 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3013 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3014 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3016 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3017 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3018 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3019 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3020 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3021 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3022 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3023 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3024 window.
3026 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3027 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3029 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3030 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3031 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3032 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3033 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3034 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3036 Runs the following hooks:
3038 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3039 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3040 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3041 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3043 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3047 ;;;***
3049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21678 60839 625753
3050 ;;;;;; 279000))
3051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3053 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3054 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3056 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3058 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3059 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3060 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3061 it fails.
3063 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3065 ;;;***
3067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21743
3068 ;;;;;; 12185 601417 366000))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3071 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3072 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3074 \(fn)" nil nil)
3076 ;;;***
3078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21678 60840
3079 ;;;;;; 249778 310000))
3080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3082 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3083 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3085 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3086 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3088 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3091 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3093 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3094 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3095 made from scratch.
3097 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3117 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3122 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3123 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3124 made from scratch.
3126 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3128 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3129 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3131 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3135 made from scratch.
3137 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3139 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3140 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3142 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3143 variables are guessed:
3145 * `c-basic-offset', and
3146 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3147 `c-offsets-alist'.
3149 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3150 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3152 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3153 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3155 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3156 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3157 guess is made from scratch.
3159 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3160 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3162 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3164 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3165 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3166 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3167 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3169 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3170 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3171 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3173 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3175 ;;;***
3177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21797 54705
3178 ;;;;;; 112903 894000))
3179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3181 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3182 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3183 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3184 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3185 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3186 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3187 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3189 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3190 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3191 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3192 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3193 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3194 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3199 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3200 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3201 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3202 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3203 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3204 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3206 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3208 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3209 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3211 Key bindings:
3212 \\{c-mode-map}
3214 \(fn)" t nil)
3216 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3217 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3218 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3219 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3220 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3221 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3222 message.
3224 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3226 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3227 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3229 Key bindings:
3230 \\{c++-mode-map}
3232 \(fn)" t nil)
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3235 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3236 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3237 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3238 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3239 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3240 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3241 message.
3243 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3245 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3246 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3248 Key bindings:
3249 \\{objc-mode-map}
3251 \(fn)" t nil)
3252 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3254 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3255 Major mode for editing Java code.
3256 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3257 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3258 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3259 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3260 message.
3262 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3264 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3265 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3267 Key bindings:
3268 \\{java-mode-map}
3270 \(fn)" t nil)
3271 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3273 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3274 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3276 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3279 message.
3281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3283 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3284 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3286 Key bindings:
3287 \\{idl-mode-map}
3289 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3293 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3294 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3295 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3296 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3297 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3298 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3299 message.
3301 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3303 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3304 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3306 Key bindings:
3307 \\{pike-mode-map}
3309 \(fn)" t nil)
3310 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3311 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3312 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3313 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3314 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3316 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3317 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3318 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3319 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3320 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3321 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3323 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3325 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3326 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3328 Key bindings:
3329 \\{awk-mode-map}
3331 \(fn)" t nil)
3333 ;;;***
3335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21678
3336 ;;;;;; 60840 253778 470000))
3337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3339 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3340 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3341 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3342 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3344 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3346 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3347 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3348 might get set too.
3350 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3351 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3352 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3353 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3354 in this way.
3356 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3357 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3358 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3359 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3360 a null operation.
3362 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3364 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3365 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3366 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3367 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3369 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3371 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3372 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3373 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3375 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3377 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3378 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3379 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3380 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3381 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3383 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3385 ;;;***
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21678 60840
3388 ;;;;;; 257778 629000))
3389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3390 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3391 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3392 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3394 ;;;***
3396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21684 3021 710224
3397 ;;;;;; 877000))
3398 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3400 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3401 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3403 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3405 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3406 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3408 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3410 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3411 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3413 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3414 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3415 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3416 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3417 execution.
3419 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3421 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3423 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3424 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3426 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3427 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3428 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3429 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3431 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3432 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3433 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3434 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3435 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3436 `write' commands.
3438 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3439 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3440 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3441 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3443 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3444 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3445 semantics.
3447 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3449 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3451 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3453 STATEMENT :=
3454 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3455 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3457 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3458 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3459 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3460 | integer
3462 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3464 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3465 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3466 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3468 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3469 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3470 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3472 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3474 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3475 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3476 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3477 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3478 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3479 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3480 ;; last STATEMENT.
3481 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3483 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3484 BREAK := (break)
3486 REPEAT :=
3487 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3488 (repeat)
3489 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3490 ;; (repeat))
3491 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3492 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3493 ;; (read REG)
3494 ;; (repeat))
3495 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3496 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3497 ;; (read REG)
3498 ;; (repeat))
3499 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3501 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3502 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3503 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3504 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3505 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3506 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3507 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3508 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3509 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3510 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3511 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3512 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3513 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3514 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3515 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3516 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3518 WRITE :=
3519 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3520 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3521 ;; representation.
3522 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3523 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3524 ;; (write r7))
3525 | (write EXPRESSION)
3526 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3527 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3528 ;; representation.
3529 | (write integer)
3530 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3531 ;; buffer.
3532 | (write string)
3533 ;; Same as: (write string)
3534 | string
3535 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3536 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3537 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3538 ;; representation.
3539 | (write REG ARRAY)
3540 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3541 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3542 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3543 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3544 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3545 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3547 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3548 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3550 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3551 END := (end)
3553 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3554 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3555 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3557 ARG := REG | integer
3559 OPERATOR :=
3560 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3561 + | - | * | / | %
3563 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3564 | & | `|' | ^
3566 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3567 | << | >>
3569 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3570 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3571 | <8
3573 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3574 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3575 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3576 | >8
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3580 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3581 | //
3583 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3584 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3586 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3587 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3588 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3589 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3590 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3591 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3592 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3593 | de-sjis
3595 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3596 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3597 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3598 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3599 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3600 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3601 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3602 ;; byte of SJIS.
3603 | en-sjis
3605 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3606 ;; Same meaning as C code
3607 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3609 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3610 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3611 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3612 | <8=
3614 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3615 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3616 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3618 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3620 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3621 | //=
3623 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3626 TRANSLATE :=
3627 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3628 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3629 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3630 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3631 ;; respectively.
3632 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3633 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3634 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3635 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3637 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3638 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3639 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3641 LOOKUP :=
3642 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3643 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3644 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3645 ;; respectively.
3646 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3647 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3648 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3650 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3651 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3652 ;; REG.
3653 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3654 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3655 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3657 MAP :=
3658 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3659 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3660 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3661 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3663 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3664 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3665 MAP-ID := integer
3667 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3669 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3671 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3672 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3673 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3674 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3675 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3676 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3678 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3680 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3681 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3682 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3684 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3686 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3688 ;;;***
3690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21715 51226
3691 ;;;;;; 268496 513000))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3694 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3695 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3696 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3697 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3699 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3701 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3703 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3704 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3706 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3708 ;;;***
3710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21678 60839 333741
3711 ;;;;;; 545000))
3712 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3713 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3715 ;;;***
3717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21694 48017
3718 ;;;;;; 606102 36000))
3719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3720 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3722 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3723 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3724 There are no special keybindings by default.
3726 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3727 to the action header.
3729 \(fn)" t nil)
3731 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3732 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3733 There are no special keybindings by default.
3735 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3736 to the action header.
3738 \(fn)" t nil)
3740 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3741 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3743 \(fn)" t nil)
3745 ;;;***
3747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21678 60854
3748 ;;;;;; 898345 827000))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3750 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3752 ;;;***
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3755 ;;;;;; (21756 63737 822474 968000))
3756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3758 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3759 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3760 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3762 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3764 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3765 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3766 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3768 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3770 ;;;***
3772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21778
3773 ;;;;;; 65092 741003 198000))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3775 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3780 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3785 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3788 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3789 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3793 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3794 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3795 the users will view as each check is completed.
3797 \(fn)" t nil)
3799 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3800 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3801 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3802 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3803 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3804 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3805 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3806 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3808 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3810 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3811 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3812 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3813 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3814 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3815 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3816 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3817 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3819 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3822 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3823 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3824 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3825 spacing are all verified.
3827 \(fn)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3830 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3831 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3832 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3833 otherwise stop after the first error.
3835 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3837 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3838 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3839 Only documentation strings are checked.
3840 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3842 a separate buffer.
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3847 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3849 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3850 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3855 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3857 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3858 if there is one.
3860 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3863 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3864 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3865 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3866 if there is one.
3867 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3869 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3872 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3873 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3875 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3877 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3878 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3879 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3880 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3881 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3886 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3887 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3888 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3889 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3890 space at the end of each line.
3892 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3896 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3899 \(fn)" t nil)
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3906 \(fn)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3913 \(fn)" t nil)
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3920 \(fn)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3934 \(fn)" t nil)
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3937 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3938 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3939 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3941 \(fn)" t nil)
3943 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3944 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3945 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3946 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3948 \(fn)" t nil)
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3951 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3952 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3953 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3955 \(fn)" t nil)
3957 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3958 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3960 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3961 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3963 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3964 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3965 checking of documentation strings.
3967 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3971 ;;;***
3973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21678
3974 ;;;;;; 60839 797760 191000))
3975 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3977 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3978 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3979 Return the length of resulting text.
3981 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3983 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3984 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3986 \(fn)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3989 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3990 Return the length of resulting text.
3992 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3994 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3995 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3997 \(fn)" t nil)
3999 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4002 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4004 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4007 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4009 ;;;***
4011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21678 60839 401744
4012 ;;;;;; 277000))
4013 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4015 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4016 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4017 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4018 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4019 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4020 editing and the result is evaluated.
4022 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4024 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4025 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4026 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4027 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4028 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4030 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4032 \(fn)" t nil)
4034 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4035 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4036 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4037 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4038 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4040 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4041 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4042 \\{command-history-map}
4044 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4045 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4047 \(fn)" t nil)
4049 ;;;***
4051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21765
4052 ;;;;;; 52461 376136 680000))
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4055 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4056 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4057 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4058 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4059 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4060 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4061 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4062 of this function.
4064 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4065 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4066 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4067 property are:
4069 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4070 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4072 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4073 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4074 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4075 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4076 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4077 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4078 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4079 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4080 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4081 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4082 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4083 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4085 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4086 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4087 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4089 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4090 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4091 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4092 list elements are:
4094 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4096 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4098 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4100 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4101 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4103 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4104 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4106 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4107 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4108 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4109 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4110 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4111 value specified by their associated list element.
4113 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4115 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4116 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4117 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4119 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4120 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4121 * indent the first argument by 4.
4122 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4123 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4124 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4126 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4127 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4128 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4129 instead.
4131 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4133 ;;;***
4135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21799 24999
4136 ;;;;;; 410026 774000))
4137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4138 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4140 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4142 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4152 ;;;***
4154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21678 60840
4155 ;;;;;; 257778 629000))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4158 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4159 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4160 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4161 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4163 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4164 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4165 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4166 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4168 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4169 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4171 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4173 ;;;***
4175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21678 60839 401744
4176 ;;;;;; 277000))
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4179 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4180 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4181 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4182 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4183 of `scheme-program-name').
4184 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4185 it is given as initial input.
4186 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4187 discards input when it starts up.
4188 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4189 is run).
4190 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4192 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4194 ;;;***
4196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21678 60839 401744 277000))
4197 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4199 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4200 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4201 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4202 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4204 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4205 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4207 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4208 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4209 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4211 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4213 ;;;***
4215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21798 37607 346141 281000))
4216 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4218 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4219 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4220 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4221 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4222 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4223 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4224 functions have already modified the buffer.
4226 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4228 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4229 either globally or locally.")
4231 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4232 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4233 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4234 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4236 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4237 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4238 `start-file-process'
4239 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4240 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4241 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4243 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4244 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4246 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4248 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4250 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4252 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4253 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4254 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4255 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4256 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4257 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4258 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4259 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4260 process as its initial input.
4262 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4264 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4266 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4268 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4269 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4270 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4271 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4272 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4273 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4275 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4277 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4279 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4280 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4281 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4282 directory tracking functions.")
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4286 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4288 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4290 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4292 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4293 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4294 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4296 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4298 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4300 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4301 Send COMMAND to current process.
4302 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4303 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4305 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4307 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4308 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4309 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4310 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4312 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4314 ;;;***
4316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21678 60840
4317 ;;;;;; 513788 871000))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4320 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4321 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4322 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4323 to get another window.
4325 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4326 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4328 This command pushes the mark in each window
4329 at the prior location of point in that window.
4330 If both windows display the same buffer,
4331 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4332 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4334 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4335 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4336 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4337 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4338 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4339 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4340 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4341 ignored.
4343 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4344 this command work in interlaced mode:
4345 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4346 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4347 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4349 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4351 ;;;***
4353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21798 37675
4354 ;;;;;; 396889 196000))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4357 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4358 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4362 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4363 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4364 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4366 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4368 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4369 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4370 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4374 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4375 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4376 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4377 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4378 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4380 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4381 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4382 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4383 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4384 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4387 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4389 describing how the process finished.")
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4392 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4394 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4395 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4397 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4398 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4399 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4401 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4403 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4404 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4405 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4406 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4410 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4411 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4413 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4414 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4416 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4417 (lambda ()
4418 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4419 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4420 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4421 (concat \"make -k \"
4422 (if buffer-file-name
4423 (shell-quote-argument
4424 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4426 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4427 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4429 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4430 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4431 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4432 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4436 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4437 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4438 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4439 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4441 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4442 and move to the source code that caused it.
4444 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4445 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4447 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4448 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4449 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4450 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4451 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4453 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4454 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4455 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4456 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4458 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4459 kills its subprocesses.
4461 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4462 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4463 to a function that generates a unique name.
4465 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4467 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4468 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4469 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4470 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4472 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4473 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4475 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4476 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4477 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4478 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4480 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4481 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4482 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4484 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4486 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4488 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4489 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4490 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4491 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4492 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4494 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4496 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4498 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4500 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4502 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4503 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4505 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4506 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4508 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4509 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4510 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4511 See `compilation-mode'.
4513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4515 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4518 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4519 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4521 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4522 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4523 `compilation-mode'.
4525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4527 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4528 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4529 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4531 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4533 ;;;***
4535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21803 61751 249342
4536 ;;;;;; 464000))
4537 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4539 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4540 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4541 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4544 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4546 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4548 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4549 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4551 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4552 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4556 ;;;***
4558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21678
4559 ;;;;;; 60840 445786 150000))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4562 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4563 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4564 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4565 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4566 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4567 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4568 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4570 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4571 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4572 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4574 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4575 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4576 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4578 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4579 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4580 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4581 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4583 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4584 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4585 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4586 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4587 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4588 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4589 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4591 \\{conf-mode-map}
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4595 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4596 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4597 Comments start with `#'.
4598 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4600 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4602 \[Desktop Entry]
4603 Encoding=UTF-8
4604 Name=The GIMP
4605 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4606 Name[cs]=GIMP
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `;'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4615 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4617 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4618 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4621 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4622 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4626 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4628 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4629 between `/*' and `*/'.
4630 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4632 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4633 // another kind of comment
4634 /* yet another */
4636 name:value
4637 name=value
4638 name value
4639 x.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4646 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4647 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4648 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4649 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4650 `conf-space-keywords'.
4651 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4652 in an interactive fashion instead.
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4656 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4658 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4659 image/png png
4660 image/tiff tiff tif
4662 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4663 class desktop
4664 # Standard multimedia devices
4665 add /dev/audio desktop
4666 add /dev/mixer desktop
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4671 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4672 See `conf-space-mode'.
4674 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4676 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4678 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4681 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4683 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4684 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4686 \(fn)" t nil)
4688 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4690 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4693 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4695 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4696 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4700 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4702 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4705 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4707 *background: gray99
4708 *foreground: black
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4712 ;;;***
4714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21678 60840 197776
4715 ;;;;;; 230000))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4718 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4720 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4721 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4722 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4723 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4725 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4728 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4729 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4730 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4732 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4734 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4735 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4736 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4737 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4739 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4741 ;;;***
4743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21678
4744 ;;;;;; 60839 461746 688000))
4745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4746 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4747 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4748 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4750 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4751 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4752 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4753 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4754 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4755 following the copyright are updated as well.
4756 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4757 interactively.
4759 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4761 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4762 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4763 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4764 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4765 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4767 \(fn)" t nil)
4769 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4770 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4772 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4774 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4775 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4776 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4778 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4780 ;;;***
4782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21772
4783 ;;;;;; 3649 129589 390000))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4785 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4789 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4790 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4793 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4794 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4795 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4796 Tab indents for Perl code.
4797 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4798 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4800 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4801 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4802 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4803 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4804 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4805 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4806 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4807 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4808 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4809 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4810 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4811 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4813 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4815 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4816 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4818 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4820 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4821 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4822 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4823 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4824 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4825 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4826 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4827 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4828 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4830 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4832 bite if angry;
4834 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4835 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4836 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4837 to nil.)
4839 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4840 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4841 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4843 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4845 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4846 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4847 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4848 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4849 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4851 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4853 if (A) { B }
4855 into
4857 B if A;
4859 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4861 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4862 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4863 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4864 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4865 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4866 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4867 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4868 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4869 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4870 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4871 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4872 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4873 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4875 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4876 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4877 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4878 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4879 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4880 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4882 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4883 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4884 man via menu.
4886 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4887 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4888 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4889 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4890 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4892 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4893 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4894 span the needed amount of lines.
4896 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4897 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4898 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4899 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4901 Variables controlling indentation style:
4902 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4903 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4905 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4906 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4907 `cperl-auto-newline'
4908 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4909 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4910 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4911 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4912 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4913 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4914 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4915 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4916 `cperl-indent-level'
4917 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4918 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4919 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4920 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4921 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4922 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4923 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4924 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4925 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4926 `cperl-brace-offset'
4927 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4928 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4929 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4930 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4931 `cperl-label-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4933 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4934 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4936 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4937 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4938 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4939 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4940 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4941 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4943 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4944 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4945 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4946 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4948 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4949 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4950 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4951 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4952 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4953 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4954 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4956 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4957 column 0 is indented on
4958 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4960 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4961 with no args.
4963 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4964 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4965 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4967 \(fn)" t nil)
4969 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4970 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4972 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4979 ;;;***
4981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21678 60840 269779
4982 ;;;;;; 110000))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4985 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4986 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4987 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4988 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4989 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4993 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4994 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4998 ;;;***
5000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21678 60839 461746
5001 ;;;;;; 688000))
5002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5004 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5005 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5006 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5007 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5008 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5009 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5010 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5011 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5013 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5014 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5016 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5017 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5018 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5020 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5021 with empty strings removed.
5023 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5025 ;;;***
5027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21799 19718
5028 ;;;;;; 378236 623000))
5029 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5031 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5032 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5034 \(fn)" t nil)
5035 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5037 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5038 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5040 \(fn)" t nil)
5042 ;;;***
5044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21804 3763
5045 ;;;;;; 202437 529000))
5046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5048 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5049 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5050 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5052 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5053 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5055 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5057 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5058 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5059 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5060 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5061 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5063 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5064 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5065 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5066 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5067 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5068 normal function of these prefix keys.
5070 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5071 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5072 options:
5073 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5074 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5075 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5077 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5078 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5079 the prefix fallback behavior.
5081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5083 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5084 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5086 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5088 ;;;***
5090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21678 60839
5091 ;;;;;; 501748 296000))
5092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5094 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5095 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5096 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5100 ;;;***
5102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21803 61751 249342
5103 ;;;;;; 464000))
5104 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5106 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5107 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5109 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5111 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5112 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5114 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5116 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5117 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5119 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5121 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5122 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5124 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5125 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5127 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5128 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5130 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5132 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5134 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5135 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5136 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5138 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5139 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5141 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5142 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5144 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5145 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5147 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5149 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5151 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5152 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5153 Return VALUE.
5155 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5156 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5158 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5159 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5161 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5162 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5164 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5166 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5168 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5169 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5170 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5171 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5173 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5174 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5175 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5177 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5179 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5180 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5181 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5182 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5183 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5185 \(fn)" t nil)
5187 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5188 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5189 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5190 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5192 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5194 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5195 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5196 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5198 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5200 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5201 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5203 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5205 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5207 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5208 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5210 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5212 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5214 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5215 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5216 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5218 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5220 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5221 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5222 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5223 as part of Emacs itself.
5225 Each elements looks like this:
5227 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5229 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5230 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5231 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5232 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5233 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5234 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5235 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5236 and `defface'.
5238 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5240 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5241 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5242 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5243 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5244 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5246 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5247 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5248 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5249 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5251 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5253 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5254 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5255 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5256 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5257 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5258 release.
5260 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5261 that were added or redefined since that version.
5263 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5265 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5267 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5268 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5270 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5272 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5273 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5275 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5277 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5278 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5279 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5281 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5282 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5284 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5286 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5287 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5289 \(fn)" t nil)
5291 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5294 \(fn)" t nil)
5296 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5297 Customize all saved options and faces.
5299 \(fn)" t nil)
5301 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5303 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5304 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5305 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5306 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5308 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5309 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5310 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5312 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5314 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5317 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5319 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5322 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5324 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5327 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5329 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5330 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5331 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5332 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5334 \(fn)" nil nil)
5336 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5337 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5338 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5339 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5340 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5341 that option.
5342 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5344 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5346 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5347 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5348 The result includes selecting that window.
5349 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5350 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5351 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5352 that option.
5354 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5356 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5357 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5359 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5361 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5362 File used for storing customization information.
5363 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5364 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5365 it should be an absolute file name.
5367 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5368 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5369 something like the following in your init file:
5371 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5372 \(load custom-file)
5374 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5375 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5377 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5378 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5379 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5380 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5381 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5383 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5384 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5385 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5386 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5387 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5388 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5389 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5390 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5391 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5392 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5394 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5396 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5397 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5399 \(fn)" nil nil)
5401 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5402 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5404 \(fn)" t nil)
5406 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5407 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5408 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5410 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5412 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5413 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5414 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5415 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5416 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5418 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5420 ;;;***
5422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21678 60839 413744
5423 ;;;;;; 759000))
5424 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5426 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5427 Create or edit a custom theme.
5428 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5429 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5430 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5431 from the Custom save file.
5432 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5433 named *Custom Theme*.
5435 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5437 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5438 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5440 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5442 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5443 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5445 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5447 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5448 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5449 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5450 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5452 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5454 ;;;***
5456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21678 60840
5457 ;;;;;; 513788 871000))
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5460 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5461 Mode used for cvs status output.
5463 \(fn)" t nil)
5465 ;;;***
5467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21678 60840 269779
5468 ;;;;;; 110000))
5469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5470 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5472 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5473 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5475 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5477 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5478 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5479 C++ modes are included.
5481 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5482 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5483 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5487 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5489 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5490 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5491 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5492 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5493 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5494 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5496 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5498 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5499 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5500 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5501 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5502 ARG is omitted or nil.
5504 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5505 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5506 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5510 ;;;***
5512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21678
5513 ;;;;;; 60839 797760 191000))
5514 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5516 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5517 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5519 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5521 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5522 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5524 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5526 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5527 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5528 For readability, the table is slightly
5529 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5531 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5532 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5533 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5534 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5535 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5537 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5539 ;;;***
5541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21678 60839 417744
5542 ;;;;;; 920000))
5543 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5544 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5545 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5546 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5547 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5549 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5550 Completion on current word.
5551 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5552 and presents suggestions for completion.
5554 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5555 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5556 completions.
5558 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5559 then it searches *all* buffers.
5561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5563 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5564 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5566 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5567 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5568 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5569 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5570 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5572 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5573 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5575 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5576 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5577 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5579 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5580 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5582 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5584 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5586 ;;;***
5588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21678 60839
5589 ;;;;;; 333741 545000))
5590 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5592 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5593 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5595 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5597 ;;;***
5599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21799 25402 297856 218000))
5600 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5602 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5603 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5604 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5605 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5606 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5608 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5610 ;;;***
5612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21678 60840
5613 ;;;;;; 269779 110000))
5614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5616 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5617 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5619 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5620 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5621 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5623 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5624 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5625 Data lines are not indented.
5627 Key bindings:
5629 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5630 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5632 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5633 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5634 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5635 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5637 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5639 dcl-basic-offset
5640 Extra indentation within blocks.
5642 dcl-continuation-offset
5643 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5645 dcl-margin-offset
5646 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5648 dcl-margin-label-offset
5649 Indentation for a label.
5651 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5652 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5654 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5655 dcl-block-end-regexp
5656 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5657 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5658 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5659 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5660 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5662 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5663 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5664 Two such functions are included in the package:
5665 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5666 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5668 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5669 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5670 One such function is included in the package:
5671 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5673 dcl-tab-always-indent
5674 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5675 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5676 margin.
5678 dcl-electric-characters
5679 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5680 typed.
5682 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5683 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5684 which words trigger electric indentation.
5686 dcl-tempo-comma
5687 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5688 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5689 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5691 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5692 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5693 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5694 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5696 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5697 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5698 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5699 dcl-imenu-label-call
5700 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5702 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5703 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5704 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5705 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5708 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5710 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5711 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5712 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5713 $ i = 1
5714 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5715 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5716 $ label:
5717 $ if i.eq.1
5718 $ then
5719 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5720 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5721 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5722 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5723 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5724 \"lined up with the command line\"
5725 $ type sys$input
5726 Data lines are not indented at all.
5727 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5728 $ endif
5732 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5733 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5735 \(fn)" t nil)
5737 ;;;***
5739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21776 37118
5740 ;;;;;; 308010 713000))
5741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5743 (setq debugger 'debug)
5745 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5746 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5747 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5748 of the evaluator.
5750 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5751 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5752 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5754 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5756 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5757 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5759 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5761 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5762 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5763 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5764 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5765 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5766 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5768 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5769 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5771 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5773 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5774 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5775 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5776 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5777 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5779 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5781 ;;;***
5783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21799 24401
5784 ;;;;;; 570172 675000))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5787 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5788 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5790 \(fn)" t nil)
5792 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5793 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5794 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5795 Upper-case letters are commands.
5797 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5798 modify it.
5800 The most useful commands are:
5801 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5802 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5803 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5804 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5805 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5806 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5808 \(fn)" t nil)
5810 ;;;***
5812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21678 60839 417744
5813 ;;;;;; 920000))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5815 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5817 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5818 Customization of `columns' group.
5820 \(fn)" t nil)
5822 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5823 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5825 START and END delimits the text region.
5827 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5829 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5830 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5832 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5834 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5836 ;;;***
5838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21714 30294 262748 97000))
5839 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5841 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5843 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5844 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5845 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5847 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5848 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5850 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5852 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5853 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5854 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5855 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5856 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5858 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5859 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5860 point regardless of any selection.
5862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5864 ;;;***
5866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21703 62119
5867 ;;;;;; 434295 103000))
5868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5870 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5871 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5873 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5875 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5876 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5877 or nil if there is no parent.
5878 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5879 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5880 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5881 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5882 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5884 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5885 arguments are currently understood:
5886 :group GROUP
5887 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5888 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5889 :syntax-table TABLE
5890 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5891 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5892 :abbrev-table TABLE
5893 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5894 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5896 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5898 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5900 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5901 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5902 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5904 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5905 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5907 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5908 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5909 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5911 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5912 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5914 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5915 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5917 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5919 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5921 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5923 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5925 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5926 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5927 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5928 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5929 the first time the mode is used.
5931 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5933 ;;;***
5935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21694 48017 602102
5936 ;;;;;; 111000))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5939 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5940 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5941 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5942 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5943 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5944 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5945 otherwise.
5947 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5949 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5950 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5951 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5952 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5954 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5955 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5956 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5958 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5959 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5960 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5961 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5962 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5963 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5964 relevant to POS.
5966 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5968 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5969 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5971 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5972 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5973 Otherwise return a description formatted by
5974 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
5975 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
5976 minibuffer window for width limit.
5978 This function is meant to be used as a value of
5979 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
5981 \(fn)" nil nil)
5983 ;;;***
5985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21799 25192 774103
5986 ;;;;;; 976000))
5987 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5989 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5990 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5991 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5993 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5994 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5996 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5998 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5999 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6000 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6001 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6002 is omitted or nil.
6004 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6005 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6006 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6007 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6009 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6010 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6012 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6013 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6015 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6017 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6021 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6022 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6023 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6024 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6026 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6028 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6029 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6031 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6032 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6033 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6035 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6036 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6038 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6039 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6040 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6042 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6043 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6044 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6045 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6047 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6049 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6050 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6052 Handlers are called with argument list
6054 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6056 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6058 `desktop-file-version'
6059 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6060 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6061 `desktop-buffer-point'
6062 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6063 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6064 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6066 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6067 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6069 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6070 code like
6072 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6074 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6075 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6077 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6079 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6081 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6082 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6083 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6084 List elements must have the form
6086 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6088 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6089 function.
6091 Handlers are called with argument list
6093 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6095 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6097 `desktop-file-version'
6098 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6099 `desktop-buffer-name'
6100 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6101 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6102 `desktop-buffer-point'
6103 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6104 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6105 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6107 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6108 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6109 created and set.
6111 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6112 code like
6114 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6116 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6117 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6119 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6121 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6123 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6125 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6126 Empty the Desktop.
6127 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6128 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6129 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6130 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6131 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6132 if different).
6134 \(fn)" t nil)
6136 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6137 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6138 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6139 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6140 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6141 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6142 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6144 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6146 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6147 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6148 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6150 \(fn)" t nil)
6152 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6153 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6154 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6155 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6156 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6157 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6158 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6159 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6161 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6163 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6164 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6165 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6167 \(fn)" nil nil)
6169 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6171 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6172 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6173 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6174 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6175 directory DIRNAME.
6177 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6179 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6180 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6182 \(fn)" t nil)
6184 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6185 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6187 \(fn)" t nil)
6189 ;;;***
6191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21797 54705
6192 ;;;;;; 36905 533000))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6195 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6196 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6197 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6198 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6199 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6200 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6202 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6204 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6205 Repair a broken attribution line.
6206 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6208 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6210 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6211 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6212 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6213 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6215 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6217 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6218 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6220 \(fn)" t nil)
6222 ;;;***
6224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21678
6225 ;;;;;; 60839 317740 902000))
6226 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6228 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6229 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6230 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6231 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6232 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6236 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6237 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6238 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6239 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6241 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6242 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6243 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6244 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6246 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6247 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6249 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6250 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6251 calendar-date-style 'european
6252 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6254 \(diary-mail-entries)
6256 # diary-rem.el ends here
6258 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6260 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6261 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6263 \(fn)" t nil)
6265 ;;;***
6267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21678 60840 517789 31000))
6268 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6270 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6271 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6273 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6275 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6276 The command to use to run diff.")
6278 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6280 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6281 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6282 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6283 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6284 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6285 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6287 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6288 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6289 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6291 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6293 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6294 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6295 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6296 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6297 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6298 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6300 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6302 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6303 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6305 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6307 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6308 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6309 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6311 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6313 ;;;***
6315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21797 55597
6316 ;;;;;; 620753 991000))
6317 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6319 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6320 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6321 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6322 normal diffs.
6324 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6325 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6326 headers for you on-the-fly.
6328 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6329 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6330 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6332 \\{diff-mode-map}
6334 \(fn)" t nil)
6336 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6337 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6342 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6346 ;;;***
6348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21678 60839 961766 782000))
6349 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6351 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6352 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6353 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6355 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6357 ;;;***
6359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21757 49303 481943 552000))
6360 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6362 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6363 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6364 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6365 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6366 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6367 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6368 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6369 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6371 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6373 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6374 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6375 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6376 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6377 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6378 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6380 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6381 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6382 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6383 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6384 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6385 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6386 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6387 list of files to make directory entries for.
6388 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6389 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6390 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6392 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6394 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6395 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6397 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6398 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6400 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6401 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6403 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6404 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6406 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6408 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6409 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6411 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6413 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6414 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6415 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6416 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6417 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6418 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6419 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6420 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6421 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6422 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6423 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6424 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6425 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6426 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6427 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6428 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6429 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6430 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6431 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6432 to see why something went wrong.
6433 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6434 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6435 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6436 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6437 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6438 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6439 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6440 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6441 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6442 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6443 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6444 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6445 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6447 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6448 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6449 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6450 again for the directory tree.
6452 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6453 for more info):
6455 `dired-listing-switches'
6456 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6457 `dired-marker-char'
6458 `dired-del-marker'
6459 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6460 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6461 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6462 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6464 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6466 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6467 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6468 `dired-mode-hook'
6469 `dired-load-hook'
6471 Keybindings:
6472 \\{dired-mode-map}
6474 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6475 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6477 ;;;***
6479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21678 60839 429745
6480 ;;;;;; 402000))
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6483 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6484 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6485 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6486 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6487 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6489 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6490 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6491 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6493 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6494 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6495 directory.
6497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6499 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6500 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6501 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6502 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6503 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6504 from `default-directory'.
6506 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6508 ;;;***
6510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21678 60839
6511 ;;;;;; 461746 688000))
6512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6514 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6515 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6516 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6517 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6518 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6519 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6521 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6523 ;;;***
6525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21678 60839 429745
6526 ;;;;;; 402000))
6527 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6529 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6530 Return a new, empty display table.
6532 \(fn)" nil nil)
6534 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6535 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6536 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6537 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6538 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6540 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6542 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6543 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6544 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6545 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6546 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6548 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6550 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6551 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6553 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6555 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6556 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6558 \(fn)" t nil)
6560 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6561 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6563 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6564 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6566 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6567 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6568 byte.
6570 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6571 in the default way after this call.
6573 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6575 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6576 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6578 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6580 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6581 Display character C using printable string S.
6583 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6585 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6586 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6587 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6588 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6590 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6592 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6593 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6594 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6595 X frame.
6597 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6599 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6600 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6602 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6604 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6605 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6607 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6609 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6610 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6612 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6614 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6615 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6617 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6619 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6620 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6622 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6624 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6625 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6627 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6628 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6630 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6631 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6633 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6634 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6635 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6636 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6638 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6639 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6640 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6641 in `.emacs'.
6643 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6645 ;;;***
6647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21678 60840
6648 ;;;;;; 197776 230000))
6649 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6651 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6652 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6653 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6654 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6655 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6656 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6657 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6658 Default is 2.
6660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6662 ;;;***
6664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21678 60839 429745 402000))
6665 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6667 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6668 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6669 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6670 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6671 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6672 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6673 private or ask).
6674 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6675 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6676 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6677 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6678 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6680 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6682 ;;;***
6684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21678 60840
6685 ;;;;;; 449786 311000))
6686 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6688 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6689 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6690 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6691 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6692 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6693 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6694 table and its own syntax table.
6696 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6698 \(fn)" t nil)
6699 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6701 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6702 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6704 \(fn)" t nil)
6706 ;;;***
6708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21718 7576 270960
6709 ;;;;;; 954000))
6710 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6712 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6713 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6714 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6715 OpenDocument format).
6717 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6719 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6720 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6722 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6723 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6725 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6726 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6727 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6729 \(fn)" t nil)
6731 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6732 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6733 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6734 to the next best mode.
6736 \(fn)" nil nil)
6738 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6739 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6740 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6741 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6742 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6744 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6748 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6751 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6753 ;;;***
6755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21678 60840 201776
6756 ;;;;;; 390000))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6759 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6760 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6762 \(fn)" t nil)
6764 ;;;***
6766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21678 60839 433745 563000))
6767 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6769 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6770 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6772 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6773 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6775 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6776 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6780 ;;;***
6782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21678 60840 201776
6783 ;;;;;; 390000))
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6785 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6787 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6788 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6790 \(fn)" t nil)
6792 ;;;***
6794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21732
6795 ;;;;;; 38826 390629 134000))
6796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6798 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6800 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6801 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6802 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6803 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6804 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6806 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6807 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6808 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6809 and disables it otherwise.
6811 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6812 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6813 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6814 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6816 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6817 documenting what its argument does.
6819 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6820 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6821 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6822 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6823 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6824 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6825 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6826 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6828 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6829 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6830 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6831 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6832 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6833 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6834 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6835 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6836 the minor mode is global):
6838 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6839 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6840 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6841 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6842 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6843 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6844 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6845 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6846 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6847 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6848 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6849 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6850 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6851 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6852 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6853 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6854 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6855 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6856 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6857 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6858 in :variable).
6860 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6861 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6863 For example, you could write
6864 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6865 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6866 ...BODY CODE...)
6868 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6870 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6872 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6874 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6876 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6878 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6879 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6880 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6881 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6882 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6883 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6884 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6885 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6886 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6887 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6888 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6889 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6891 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6892 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6893 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6894 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6895 call another major mode in their body.
6897 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6898 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6899 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6901 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6903 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6905 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6906 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6907 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6908 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6909 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6910 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6911 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6913 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6915 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6916 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6917 :inherit Parent keymap.
6918 :group Ignored.
6919 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6920 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6922 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6924 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6925 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6926 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6927 the constant's documentation.
6929 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6931 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6932 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6933 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6935 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6937 ;;;***
6939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21678
6940 ;;;;;; 60839 461746 688000))
6941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6943 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6944 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6945 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6946 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6948 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6949 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6950 as a top-level menu bar item.
6952 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6953 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6954 pairs:
6956 :filter FUNCTION
6957 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6958 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6959 items to actually display.
6961 :visible INCLUDE
6962 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6963 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6964 alias for `:visible'.
6966 :active ENABLE
6967 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6968 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6969 an alias for `:active'.
6971 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6972 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6974 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6976 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6978 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6979 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6981 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6982 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6984 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6986 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6988 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6989 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6991 :keys KEYS
6992 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6993 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6994 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6995 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6997 :key-sequence KEYS
6998 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6999 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7000 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7001 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7003 :active ENABLE
7004 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7005 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7006 alias for `:active'.
7008 :visible INCLUDE
7009 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7010 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7011 `:visible'.
7013 :label FORM
7014 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7015 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7017 :suffix FORM
7018 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7019 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7021 :style STYLE
7022 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7023 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7024 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7026 :selected SELECTED
7027 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7028 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7030 :help HELP
7031 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7033 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7034 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7035 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7037 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7038 MENU. This is a submenu.
7040 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7042 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7044 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7047 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7049 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7050 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7051 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7052 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7054 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7056 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7057 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7058 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7059 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7060 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7061 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7063 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7064 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7065 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7067 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7068 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7069 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7071 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7072 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7074 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7076 ;;;***
7078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21678 60840
7079 ;;;;;; 277779 430000))
7080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7081 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7083 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7084 Customization for ebnf group.
7086 \(fn)" t nil)
7088 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7089 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7091 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7093 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7094 processed.
7096 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7098 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7100 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7101 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7103 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7104 killed after process termination.
7106 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7108 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7113 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7114 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7115 it to the printer.
7117 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7118 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7119 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7120 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7122 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7126 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7128 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7130 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7131 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7133 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7135 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7136 processed.
7138 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7140 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7142 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7143 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7145 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7146 killed after process termination.
7148 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7150 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7152 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7153 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7154 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7155 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7157 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7159 \(fn)" t nil)
7161 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7162 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7163 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7165 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7167 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7169 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7170 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7172 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7174 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7175 processed.
7177 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7179 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7181 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7182 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7184 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7185 killed after EPS generation.
7187 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7189 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7191 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7192 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7194 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7195 The EPS file name has the following form:
7197 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7199 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7200 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7202 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7203 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7204 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7205 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7206 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7208 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7209 files.
7211 \(fn)" t nil)
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7216 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7217 The EPS file name has the following form:
7219 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7221 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7222 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7224 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7225 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7226 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7227 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7228 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7230 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7231 files.
7233 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7235 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7240 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7242 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7243 are processed.
7245 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7247 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7252 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7253 killed after syntax checking.
7255 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7257 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7262 \(fn)" t nil)
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7267 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7269 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7270 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7272 \(fn)" nil nil)
7274 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7275 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7277 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7279 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7284 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7286 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Delete style NAME.
7291 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7293 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7295 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7296 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7298 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7300 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7302 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7303 Set STYLE as the current style.
7305 Returns the old style symbol.
7307 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7309 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Reset current style.
7314 Returns the old style symbol.
7316 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7318 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7320 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7321 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7323 Returns the old style symbol.
7325 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7327 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7329 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7331 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7332 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7334 Returns the old style symbol.
7336 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7338 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7342 ;;;***
7344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21678 60840
7345 ;;;;;; 281779 590000))
7346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7349 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7350 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7351 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7352 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7353 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7355 Tree mode key bindings:
7356 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7358 \(fn)" t nil)
7360 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7361 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7363 \(fn)" t nil)
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7366 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7371 View declaration of member at point.
7373 \(fn)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7376 Find declaration of member at point.
7378 \(fn)" t nil)
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7381 View definition of member at point.
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7386 Find definition of member at point.
7388 \(fn)" t nil)
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7391 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7393 \(fn)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7396 View definition of member at point in other window.
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7401 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7403 \(fn)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7406 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7408 \(fn)" t nil)
7410 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7411 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7413 \(fn)" t nil)
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7416 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7418 \(fn)" t nil)
7420 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7421 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7422 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7423 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7424 completion.
7426 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7429 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7430 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7431 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7433 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7435 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7436 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7437 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7438 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7440 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7443 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7444 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7446 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7449 Search for call sites of a member.
7450 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7451 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7452 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7453 looks like a function call to the member.
7455 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7458 Move backward in the position stack.
7459 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7461 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7464 Move forward in the position stack.
7465 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7470 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7472 \(fn)" t nil)
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7475 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7480 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7481 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7482 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7484 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7486 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7487 Display statistics for a class tree.
7489 \(fn)" t nil)
7491 ;;;***
7493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21678 60839 433745
7494 ;;;;;; 563000))
7495 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7497 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7498 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7499 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7500 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7501 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7502 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7503 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7505 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7507 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7508 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7509 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7510 also has this effect.
7511 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7512 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7513 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7514 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7515 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7516 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7517 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7518 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7519 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7520 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7522 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7524 ;;;***
7526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21678 60839 433745
7527 ;;;;;; 563000))
7528 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7530 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7531 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7532 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7534 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7536 ;;;***
7538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21678 60839
7539 ;;;;;; 625753 279000))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7542 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7545 \(fn)" nil nil)
7547 ;;;***
7549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21714 11434 472202 812000))
7550 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7551 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7553 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7554 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7555 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7558 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7560 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7562 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7563 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7568 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7569 an EDE controlled project.
7571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7573 ;;;***
7575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21803 61751
7576 ;;;;;; 261341 967000))
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7579 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7580 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7581 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7582 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7583 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7585 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7586 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7587 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7588 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7590 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7592 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7593 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7594 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7595 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7597 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7599 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7600 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7601 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7602 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7604 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7606 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7608 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7609 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7610 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7611 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7612 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7614 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7615 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7616 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7617 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7618 instrumented for Edebug.
7620 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7621 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7622 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7623 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7624 already is one.)
7626 \(fn)" t nil)
7628 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7629 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7631 \(fn)" t nil)
7633 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7634 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7636 \(fn)" t nil)
7638 ;;;***
7640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21678 60840 529789 511000))
7641 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7642 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7644 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7645 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7647 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7649 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7650 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7652 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7654 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7656 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7658 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7659 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7660 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7661 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7663 \(fn)" t nil)
7665 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7666 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7667 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7668 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7670 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7672 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7673 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7675 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7677 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7679 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7680 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7682 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7684 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7686 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7687 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7688 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7689 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7691 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7693 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7695 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7696 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7697 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7698 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7700 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7702 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7704 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7705 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7706 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7707 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7709 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7711 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7713 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7714 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7715 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7716 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7718 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7720 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7722 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7723 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7724 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7725 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7726 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7727 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7729 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7731 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7732 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7733 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7734 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7736 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7738 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7740 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7741 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7742 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7743 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7745 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7747 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7749 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7751 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7752 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7753 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7754 follows:
7755 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7756 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7758 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7760 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7761 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7762 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7763 follows:
7764 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7765 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7767 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7769 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7771 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7772 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7773 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7775 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7778 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7779 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7780 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7781 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7782 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7784 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7786 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7788 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7789 Merge two files without ancestor.
7791 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7793 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7794 Merge two files with ancestor.
7796 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7798 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7800 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7801 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7803 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7805 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7806 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7808 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7810 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7812 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7813 buffer.
7815 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7818 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7819 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7820 buffer.
7822 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7824 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7825 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7826 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7827 and don't ask the user.
7828 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7829 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7831 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7833 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7834 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7835 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7836 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7837 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7838 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7839 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7840 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7842 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7844 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7846 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7848 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7849 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7850 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7851 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7852 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7854 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7856 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7858 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7859 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7860 When called interactively, displays the version.
7862 \(fn)" t nil)
7864 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7865 Display Ediff's manual.
7866 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7868 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7870 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7873 \(fn)" nil nil)
7875 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7878 \(fn)" nil nil)
7880 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7883 \(fn)" nil nil)
7885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7888 \(fn)" nil nil)
7890 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7893 \(fn)" nil nil)
7895 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7898 \(fn)" nil nil)
7900 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7903 \(fn)" nil nil)
7905 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7908 \(fn)" nil nil)
7910 ;;;***
7912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21678 60840
7913 ;;;;;; 517789 31000))
7914 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7916 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7919 \(fn)" t nil)
7921 ;;;***
7923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21678 60840
7924 ;;;;;; 521789 190000))
7925 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7927 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7928 Display Ediff's registry.
7930 \(fn)" t nil)
7932 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7934 ;;;***
7936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21678 60840
7937 ;;;;;; 525789 351000))
7938 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7940 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7941 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7942 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7943 which see.
7945 \(fn)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7948 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7949 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7950 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7952 \(fn)" t nil)
7954 ;;;***
7956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21799 24401 550173
7957 ;;;;;; 82000))
7958 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7959 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7961 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7962 Edit a keyboard macro.
7963 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7964 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7965 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7966 its command name.
7967 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7969 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7971 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7972 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7974 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7976 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7977 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7979 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7981 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7982 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7983 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7984 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7985 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7986 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7988 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7989 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7990 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7991 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7993 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7995 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7996 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7997 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7998 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7999 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8000 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8002 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8004 ;;;***
8006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21678 60839 505748
8007 ;;;;;; 457000))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8010 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8011 Set scroll margins.
8012 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8013 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8015 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8017 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8018 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8020 \(fn)" t nil)
8022 ;;;***
8024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21678 60839 437745 724000))
8025 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8027 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8028 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8029 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8030 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8031 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8032 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8033 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8035 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8036 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8038 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8039 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8040 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8041 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8043 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8044 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8045 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8047 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8048 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8049 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8051 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8053 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8056 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8058 ;;;***
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21803 61751
8061 ;;;;;; 261341 967000))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8063 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8065 ;;;***
8067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21797
8068 ;;;;;; 54704 984906 655000))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8070 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8072 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8073 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8074 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8075 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8076 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8077 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8078 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8080 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8082 ;;;***
8084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21783 27762 910046
8085 ;;;;;; 655000))
8086 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8088 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8089 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8091 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8092 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8093 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8095 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8097 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8098 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8099 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8102 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8104 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8106 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8107 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8109 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8110 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8112 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8113 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8114 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8115 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8119 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8120 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8124 ;;;***
8126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21678 60839 437745
8127 ;;;;;; 724000))
8128 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8130 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8131 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8133 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8134 an elided material again.
8136 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8140 ;;;***
8142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21678 60839
8143 ;;;;;; 473747 171000))
8144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8146 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8147 Lint the file FILE.
8149 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8151 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8152 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8153 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8155 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8157 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8158 Lint the current buffer.
8159 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8161 \(fn)" t nil)
8163 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8164 Lint the function at point.
8165 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8167 \(fn)" t nil)
8169 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8170 Initialize elint.
8171 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8172 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8174 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8176 ;;;***
8178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21678 60839 473747
8179 ;;;;;; 171000))
8180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8182 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8183 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8184 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8186 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8188 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8189 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8190 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8191 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8193 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8195 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8196 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8197 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8199 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8201 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8203 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8204 Display current profiling results.
8205 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8206 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8207 displayed.
8209 \(fn)" t nil)
8211 ;;;***
8213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21678 60839 497748
8214 ;;;;;; 135000))
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8217 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8218 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8219 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8220 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8221 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8222 ARG is omitted or nil.
8224 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8225 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8226 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8227 used instead.
8229 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8231 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8232 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8233 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8235 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8239 ;;;***
8241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21678 60839
8242 ;;;;;; 869763 84000))
8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8245 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8246 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8247 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8249 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8251 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8253 ;;;***
8255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21605 26937 780008
8256 ;;;;;; 15000))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8259 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8260 Run Emerge on two files.
8262 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8264 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8265 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8267 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8269 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8270 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8272 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8274 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8275 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8277 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8279 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8282 \(fn)" nil nil)
8284 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8287 \(fn)" nil nil)
8289 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8292 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8294 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8297 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8299 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8300 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8302 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8304 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8305 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8307 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8309 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8312 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8314 ;;;***
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21690 51765
8317 ;;;;;; 876519 934000))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8320 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8321 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8322 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8323 text/enriched format.
8325 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8326 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8327 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8329 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8331 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8332 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8334 Commands:
8336 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8340 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8343 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8345 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8348 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8350 ;;;***
8352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21678 60839 517748 939000))
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8355 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8356 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8358 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8360 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8361 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8363 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8365 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8366 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8367 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8368 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8369 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8370 the keys are listed.
8371 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8373 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8375 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8376 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8377 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8379 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8381 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8382 Verify FILE.
8384 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8386 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8387 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8389 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8391 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8392 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8394 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8396 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8397 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8399 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8400 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8401 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8402 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8404 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8405 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8406 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8407 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8408 should consider using the string based counterpart
8409 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8410 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8412 For example:
8414 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8415 (decode-coding-string
8416 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8417 'utf-8))
8419 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8421 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8422 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8424 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8425 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8427 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8429 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8431 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8432 Verify the current region between START and END.
8434 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8435 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8436 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8437 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8438 should consider using the string based counterpart
8439 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8440 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8442 For example:
8444 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8445 (decode-coding-string
8446 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8447 'utf-8))
8449 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8451 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8453 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8454 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8455 between START and END.
8457 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8458 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8460 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8462 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8464 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8465 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8467 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8468 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8469 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8470 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8471 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8472 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8474 For example:
8476 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8477 (epg-sign-string
8478 context
8479 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8481 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8483 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8485 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8486 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8488 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8489 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8490 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8491 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8492 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8493 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8495 For example:
8497 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8498 (epg-encrypt-string
8499 context
8500 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8501 nil))
8503 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8505 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8507 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8508 Delete selected KEYS.
8510 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8513 Import keys from FILE.
8515 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8517 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8518 Import keys from the region.
8520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8522 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8523 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8524 between START and END.
8526 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8528 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8529 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8531 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8533 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8534 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8536 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8538 ;;;***
8540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21678 60839 513748
8541 ;;;;;; 778000))
8542 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8544 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8545 Decrypt marked files.
8547 \(fn)" t nil)
8549 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8550 Verify marked files.
8552 \(fn)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8555 Sign marked files.
8557 \(fn)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8560 Encrypt marked files.
8562 \(fn)" t nil)
8564 ;;;***
8566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21678 60839 517748
8567 ;;;;;; 939000))
8568 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8570 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8573 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8575 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8578 \(fn)" t nil)
8580 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8583 \(fn)" t nil)
8585 ;;;***
8587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21678 60839 517748
8588 ;;;;;; 939000))
8589 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8591 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8592 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8593 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8594 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8595 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8600 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8601 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8603 \(fn)" t nil)
8605 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8607 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8608 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8609 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8611 \(fn)" t nil)
8613 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8615 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8616 Sign the current buffer.
8617 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8619 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8621 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8623 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8624 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8625 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8626 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8627 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8628 and also whether and how to sign.
8630 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8631 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8632 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8634 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8636 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8638 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8639 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8640 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8642 \(fn)" t nil)
8644 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8646 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8647 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8648 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8651 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8653 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8655 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8656 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8658 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8659 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8663 ;;;***
8665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21803 61751 269341 636000))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8667 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8669 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8670 Return a context object.
8672 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8674 ;;;***
8676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21678 60839 517748
8677 ;;;;;; 939000))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8680 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8681 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8683 \(fn)" nil nil)
8685 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8686 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8688 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8690 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8691 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8693 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8695 ;;;***
8697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21778 44895 439347 149000))
8698 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8699 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8701 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8702 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8704 \(fn)" nil nil)
8706 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8707 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8708 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8710 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8712 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8713 (server (erc-compute-server))
8714 (port (erc-compute-port))
8715 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8716 password
8717 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8719 That is, if called with
8721 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8723 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8724 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8725 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8727 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8729 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8731 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8732 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8733 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8735 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8737 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8738 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8739 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8740 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8742 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8744 ;;;***
8746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21678
8747 ;;;;;; 60839 529749 421000))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8749 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8751 ;;;***
8753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21678 60839
8754 ;;;;;; 533749 582000))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8756 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8758 ;;;***
8760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21678 60839
8761 ;;;;;; 533749 582000))
8762 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8763 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8765 ;;;***
8767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21678 60839
8768 ;;;;;; 533749 582000))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8770 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8772 ;;;***
8774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21697 290 520850
8775 ;;;;;; 834000))
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8777 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8779 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8780 Parser for /dcc command.
8781 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8782 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8783 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8785 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8787 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8788 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8790 \(fn)" nil nil)
8792 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8793 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8795 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8796 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8797 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8798 that subcommand.
8800 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8802 ;;;***
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8805 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 533749 582000))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8807 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8809 ;;;***
8811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21678
8812 ;;;;;; 60839 533749 582000))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8815 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8816 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8818 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8820 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8821 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8822 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8823 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8825 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8827 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8830 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8833 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8835 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8837 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8838 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8840 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8842 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8843 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8845 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8847 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8848 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8850 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8852 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8853 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8855 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8857 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8858 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8860 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8862 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8863 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8865 \(fn)" nil nil)
8867 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8868 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8870 \(fn)" nil nil)
8872 ;;;***
8874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21678 60839 533749
8875 ;;;;;; 582000))
8876 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8877 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8879 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8880 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8881 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8883 \(fn)" nil nil)
8885 ;;;***
8887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21678 60839
8888 ;;;;;; 537749 742000))
8889 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8890 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8892 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8893 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8894 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8895 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8896 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8897 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8898 system.
8900 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8902 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8905 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8907 ;;;***
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21678 60839
8910 ;;;;;; 537749 742000))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8913 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8916 \(fn)" nil nil)
8918 ;;;***
8920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21678 60839 537749
8921 ;;;;;; 742000))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8923 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8925 ;;;***
8927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21678 60839 537749
8928 ;;;;;; 742000))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8930 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8932 ;;;***
8934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21678 60839 537749
8935 ;;;;;; 742000))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8937 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8939 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8940 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8941 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8942 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8943 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8944 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8946 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8948 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8949 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8950 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8951 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8953 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8954 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8955 automatically.
8957 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8958 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8960 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8962 ;;;***
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21678 60839
8965 ;;;;;; 537749 742000))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8967 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8969 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8970 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8972 \(fn)" t nil)
8974 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8975 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8977 \(fn)" t nil)
8979 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8980 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8982 \(fn)" t nil)
8984 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8985 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8987 \(fn)" t nil)
8989 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8990 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8992 \(fn)" t nil)
8994 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8995 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8997 \(fn)" t nil)
8999 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9000 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9002 \(fn)" t nil)
9004 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9005 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9007 \(fn)" t nil)
9009 ;;;***
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21678 60839 537749
9012 ;;;;;; 742000))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9016 ;;;***
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21678
9019 ;;;;;; 60839 537749 742000))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9023 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9024 Show who's gone.
9026 \(fn)" nil nil)
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21678
9031 ;;;;;; 60839 541749 903000))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9034 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9035 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9036 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9037 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9039 \(fn)" nil nil)
9041 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9042 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9044 \(fn)" t nil)
9046 ;;;***
9048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21678 60839
9049 ;;;;;; 541749 903000))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9053 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9054 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9055 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9056 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9058 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9060 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9063 \(fn)" nil nil)
9065 ;;;***
9067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21678 60839 541749
9068 ;;;;;; 903000))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9070 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9072 ;;;***
9074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21804
9075 ;;;;;; 3763 202437 529000))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9077 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9079 ;;;***
9081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21678 60839
9082 ;;;;;; 541749 903000))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9084 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9086 ;;;***
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21678 60839 541749
9089 ;;;;;; 903000))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9093 ;;;***
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21678
9096 ;;;;;; 60839 541749 903000))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9098 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9100 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9101 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9103 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9105 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9106 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9107 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9109 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9111 ;;;***
9113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21678 60839
9114 ;;;;;; 541749 903000))
9115 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9116 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9118 ;;;***
9120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21678
9121 ;;;;;; 60839 541749 903000))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9125 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9126 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9128 \(fn)" t nil)
9130 ;;;***
9132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9133 ;;;;;; 22885 681250 112000))
9134 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9135 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9137 ;;;***
9139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21804 4012
9140 ;;;;;; 674064 262000))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9142 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9144 ;;;***
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21678 60839
9147 ;;;;;; 541749 903000))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9150 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9151 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9152 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9154 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9156 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9157 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9159 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9160 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9162 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9163 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9164 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9165 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9168 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9170 ;;;***
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21678
9173 ;;;;;; 60839 545750 64000))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9177 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9178 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9179 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9180 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9182 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9184 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9185 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9186 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9188 \(fn)" t nil)
9190 ;;;***
9192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21678 60839 545750
9193 ;;;;;; 64000))
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9195 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9197 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9198 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9200 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9202 ;;;***
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21678 60839 477747
9205 ;;;;;; 331000))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9208 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9209 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9211 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9212 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9214 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9215 useful for assertions in BODY.
9217 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9219 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9220 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9221 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9223 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9225 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9227 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9229 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9231 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9233 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9234 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9236 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9237 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9238 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9239 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9241 Returns the stats object.
9243 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9245 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9246 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9248 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9249 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9250 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9251 the tests).
9253 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9255 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9256 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9258 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9259 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9260 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9261 and how to display message.
9263 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9265 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9267 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9268 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9270 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9272 ;;;***
9274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21678 60839
9275 ;;;;;; 473747 171000))
9276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9278 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9280 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9281 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9283 \(fn)" t nil)
9285 ;;;***
9287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21767 20340
9288 ;;;;;; 938139 905000))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9291 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9292 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9294 \(fn)" t nil)
9296 ;;;***
9298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21678 60839 561750
9299 ;;;;;; 707000))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9301 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9303 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9304 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9305 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9306 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9307 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9308 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9309 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9310 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9311 buffer selected (or created).
9313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9315 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9316 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9317 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9319 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9321 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9322 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9323 The result might be any Lisp object.
9324 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9325 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9326 corresponding to a successful execution.
9328 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9330 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9332 ;;;***
9334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21697 290 536850
9335 ;;;;;; 376000))
9336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9338 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9339 File name of tags table.
9340 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9341 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9342 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9343 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9344 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9346 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9347 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9348 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9349 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9351 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9353 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9354 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9355 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9356 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9357 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9358 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9360 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9362 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9363 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9364 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9366 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9368 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9369 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9370 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9371 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9372 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9374 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9376 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9377 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9378 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9379 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9381 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9383 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9384 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9385 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9386 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9387 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9389 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9391 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9392 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9394 \(fn)" t nil)
9396 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9397 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9398 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9399 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9401 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9402 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9403 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9404 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9405 file the tag was in.
9407 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9409 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9410 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9411 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9412 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9413 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9414 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9415 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9416 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9417 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9419 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9421 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9422 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9423 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9424 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9425 without directory names.
9427 \(fn)" nil nil)
9429 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9432 \(fn)" nil nil)
9433 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9434 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9435 (progn
9436 (load "etags")
9437 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9439 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9440 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9441 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9442 but does not select the buffer.
9443 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9445 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9446 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9447 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9448 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9449 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9451 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9453 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9454 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9455 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9457 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9459 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9461 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9462 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9463 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9464 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9466 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9467 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9468 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9469 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9470 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9472 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9474 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9475 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9476 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9478 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9480 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9482 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9483 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9484 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9485 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9486 around or before point.
9488 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9489 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9490 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9491 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9492 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9494 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9496 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9497 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9498 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9500 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9502 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9504 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9506 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9507 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9508 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9509 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9510 around or before point.
9512 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9513 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9514 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9515 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9516 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9518 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9520 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9521 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9522 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9524 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9526 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9528 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9530 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9531 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9532 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9534 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9535 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9536 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9537 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9538 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9540 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9542 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9543 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9544 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9546 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9548 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9550 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9552 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9554 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9555 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9557 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9558 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9559 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9561 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9562 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9564 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9565 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9567 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9569 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9570 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9571 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9572 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9574 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9575 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9576 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9577 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9578 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9580 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9582 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9584 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9585 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9586 Stops when a match is found.
9587 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9589 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9590 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9591 restricted to these files.
9593 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9595 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9597 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9598 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9599 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9600 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9601 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9602 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9603 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9604 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9606 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9607 produce the list of files to search.
9609 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9611 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9613 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9614 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9615 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9616 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9617 directory specification.
9619 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9621 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9622 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9624 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9626 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9628 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9629 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9630 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9631 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9633 \(fn)" t nil)
9635 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9636 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9637 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9638 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9639 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9641 \(fn)" t nil)
9643 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9646 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9648 ;;;***
9650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21678
9651 ;;;;;; 60839 797760 191000))
9652 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9654 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9657 \(fn)" nil nil)
9659 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9660 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9662 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9663 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9665 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9666 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9667 primary language.
9669 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9670 even if the buffer is read-only.
9672 See also the descriptions of the variables
9673 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9675 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9677 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9678 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9680 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9681 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9683 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9684 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9685 primary language.
9687 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9688 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9690 See also the descriptions of the variables
9691 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9693 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9695 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9696 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9697 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9698 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9700 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9702 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9703 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9704 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9705 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9707 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9708 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9709 primary language.
9711 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9712 buffer is read-only.
9714 See also the descriptions of the variables
9715 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9716 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9718 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9720 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9721 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9723 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9724 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9726 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9727 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9728 the primary language.
9730 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9731 buffer is read-only.
9733 See also the descriptions of the variables
9734 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9735 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9737 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9740 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9741 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9743 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9745 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9746 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9748 \(fn)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9751 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9753 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9754 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9755 be 1, 2, or 3.
9757 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9758 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9759 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9761 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9763 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9766 This function is deprecated.
9768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9770 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9771 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9773 \(fn)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9776 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9778 \(fn)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9781 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9783 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9784 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9786 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9787 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9789 \(fn)" nil nil)
9791 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9792 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9794 \(fn)" nil nil)
9796 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9797 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9799 \(fn)" nil nil)
9801 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9802 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9804 \(fn)" nil nil)
9806 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9807 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9808 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9812 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9815 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9817 ;;;***
9819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21799 24829 185482 342000))
9820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9822 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9823 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9824 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9825 server for future sessions.
9827 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9829 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9830 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9831 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9833 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9835 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9836 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9837 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9839 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9841 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9842 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9843 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9844 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9845 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9846 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9847 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9848 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9849 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9850 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9851 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9852 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9854 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9856 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9857 Display a form to query the directory server.
9858 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9859 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9861 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9863 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9864 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9865 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9867 \(fn)" t nil)
9869 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9871 ;;;***
9873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21703 62119 462294
9874 ;;;;;; 474000))
9875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9877 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9878 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9880 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9882 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9883 Display URL and make it clickable.
9885 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9887 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9888 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9890 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9892 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9893 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9895 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9897 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9898 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9900 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9902 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9903 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9905 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9907 ;;;***
9909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21799 24730
9910 ;;;;;; 583484 950000))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9913 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9914 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9915 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9917 \(fn)" t nil)
9919 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9920 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9922 \(fn)" t nil)
9924 ;;;***
9926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21703
9927 ;;;;;; 62119 462294 474000))
9928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9930 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9931 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9933 \(fn)" t nil)
9935 ;;;***
9937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21678 60839 477747
9938 ;;;;;; 331000))
9939 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9941 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9942 Create an empty ewoc.
9944 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9946 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9947 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9948 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9949 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9950 `insert-before-markers'.
9952 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9953 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9954 respectively, of the ewoc.
9956 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9957 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9958 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9960 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9962 ;;;***
9964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21756 63737 898473 61000))
9965 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9967 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
9968 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
9969 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
9970 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
9971 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
9973 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
9975 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9976 Fetch URL and render the page.
9977 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9978 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9980 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9981 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9983 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9984 Render FILE using EWW.
9986 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9988 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
9989 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
9990 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9992 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
9994 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
9995 Mode for browsing the web.
9997 \(fn)" t nil)
9999 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10002 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10004 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10005 Display the bookmarks.
10007 \(fn)" t nil)
10009 ;;;***
10011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21678
10012 ;;;;;; 60840 285779 750000))
10013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10015 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10016 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10017 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10019 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10021 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10022 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10023 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10024 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10025 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10027 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10029 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10030 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10031 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10032 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10033 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10034 executable.
10036 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10038 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10039 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10040 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10042 \(fn)" t nil)
10044 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10045 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10046 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10047 file modes.
10049 \(fn)" nil nil)
10051 ;;;***
10053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21678 60839 561750 707000))
10054 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10056 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10057 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10058 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10059 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10061 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10063 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10064 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10065 to generate such functions.
10067 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10068 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10069 beginning of the expanded text.
10071 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10072 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10073 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10074 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10076 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10078 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10080 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10081 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10082 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10084 \(fn)" nil nil)
10086 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10087 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10088 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10090 \(fn)" t nil)
10092 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10093 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10094 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10096 \(fn)" t nil)
10097 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10098 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10100 ;;;***
10102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21741 10923 306579
10103 ;;;;;; 600000))
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10106 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10107 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10108 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10110 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10111 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10112 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10114 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10116 Key definitions:
10117 \\{f90-mode-map}
10119 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10121 `f90-do-indent'
10122 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10123 `f90-if-indent'
10124 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10125 `f90-type-indent'
10126 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10127 `f90-program-indent'
10128 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10129 (default 2).
10130 `f90-associate-indent'
10131 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10132 `f90-critical-indent'
10133 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10134 `f90-continuation-indent'
10135 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10136 `f90-comment-region'
10137 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10138 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10139 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10140 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10141 (default \"!\").
10142 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10143 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10144 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10145 `f90-break-delimiters'
10146 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10147 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10148 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10149 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10150 (default t).
10151 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10152 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10153 `f90-smart-end'
10154 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10155 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10156 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10157 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10158 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10159 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10160 `f90-leave-line-no'
10161 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10163 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10164 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10166 \(fn)" t nil)
10168 ;;;***
10170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21678 60839 561750
10171 ;;;;;; 707000))
10172 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10174 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10175 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10176 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10177 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10179 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10180 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10181 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10182 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10183 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10185 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10186 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10187 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10188 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10189 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10190 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10191 attributes.
10193 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10194 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10196 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10198 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10199 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10200 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10201 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10203 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10205 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10206 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10207 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10208 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10210 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10211 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10212 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10214 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10215 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10216 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10217 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10219 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10221 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10222 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10223 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10225 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10226 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10227 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10228 the same amount).
10230 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10232 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10233 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10234 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10236 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10237 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10238 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10239 will remove any scaling currently active.
10241 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10243 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10244 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10245 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10247 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10248 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10249 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10250 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10251 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10253 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10254 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10256 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10258 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10259 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10261 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10262 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10263 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10265 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10266 the face height as long as the input event read
10267 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10269 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10270 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10271 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10272 will remove any scaling currently active.
10274 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10275 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10276 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10277 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10278 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10280 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10282 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10283 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10284 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10285 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10286 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10287 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10291 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10292 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10293 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10294 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10295 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10296 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10297 `buffer-face-mode'.
10299 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10300 local, and sets it to FACE.
10302 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10304 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10305 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10306 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10307 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10308 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10309 `face' text property.
10311 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10312 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10313 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10314 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10316 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10317 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10319 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10321 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10322 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10323 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10324 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10328 ;;;***
10330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21605 26936
10331 ;;;;;; 980023 383000))
10332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10333 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10335 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10336 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10337 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10338 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10340 \(fn)" nil nil)
10342 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10343 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10347 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10348 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10349 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10350 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10354 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10355 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10356 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10357 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10358 backup file names and the like).
10360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10362 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10363 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10364 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10365 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10366 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10367 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10368 internally by feedmail):
10370 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10371 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10372 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10373 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10375 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10376 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10377 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10378 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10379 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10381 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10383 ;;;***
10385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21797 54704 996906 396000))
10386 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10388 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10389 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10390 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10391 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10392 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10393 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10394 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10396 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10398 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10399 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10400 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10401 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10402 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10403 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10404 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10406 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10408 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10410 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10411 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10412 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10413 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10414 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10415 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10417 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10419 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10420 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10421 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10422 Return value:
10423 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10424 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10425 * otherwise, nil
10427 \(fn E)" t nil)
10429 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10430 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10431 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10433 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10435 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10436 Try to get a file name at point.
10437 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10439 \(fn)" nil nil)
10441 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10442 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10444 \(fn)" t nil)
10446 ;;;***
10448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21741 10923 302579
10449 ;;;;;; 694000))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10452 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10453 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10454 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10455 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10457 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10459 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10460 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10461 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10462 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10463 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10464 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10466 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10468 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10469 Add FILE to the file cache.
10471 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10473 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10474 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10475 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10477 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10479 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10480 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10481 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10483 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10485 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10486 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10487 This function does not use any external programs.
10488 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10489 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10490 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10492 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10494 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10495 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10496 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10497 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10498 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10499 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10500 \(directories) is done.
10502 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10504 ;;;***
10506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21706 14224 249963
10507 ;;;;;; 176000))
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10510 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10511 Handle file system monitoring event.
10512 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10514 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10516 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10518 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10520 ;;;***
10522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21678 60839 569751
10523 ;;;;;; 28000))
10524 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10526 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10527 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10529 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10530 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10531 Local Variables list.
10533 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10534 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10535 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10537 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10539 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10540 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10542 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10544 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10545 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10547 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10548 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10549 the -*- line.
10551 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10552 then this function adds it.
10554 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10556 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10557 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10559 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10561 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10562 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10564 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10566 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10567 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10569 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10571 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10572 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10574 \(fn)" t nil)
10576 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10577 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10579 \(fn)" t nil)
10581 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10582 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10584 \(fn)" t nil)
10586 ;;;***
10588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21678 60839 577751
10589 ;;;;;; 350000))
10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10592 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10593 Filesets initialization.
10594 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10596 \(fn)" nil nil)
10598 ;;;***
10600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21678 60839 577751
10601 ;;;;;; 350000))
10602 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10603 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10605 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10606 Initiate the building of a find command.
10607 For example:
10609 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10610 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10611 (mtime \"+1\"))
10612 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10614 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10615 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10617 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10619 ;;;***
10621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21678 60839 577751
10622 ;;;;;; 350000))
10623 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10625 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10626 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10627 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10629 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10631 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10632 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10634 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10636 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10637 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10638 and run Dired on those files.
10639 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10640 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10642 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10644 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10646 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10648 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10649 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10650 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10652 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10653 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10655 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10656 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10658 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10660 ;;;***
10662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21678 60839 581751
10663 ;;;;;; 511000))
10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10666 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10667 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10668 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10669 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10670 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10671 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10672 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10674 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10676 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10677 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10678 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10680 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10682 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10684 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10686 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10687 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10688 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10690 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10691 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10693 Variables of interest include:
10695 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10696 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10697 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10699 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10700 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10701 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10703 - `ff-ignore-include'
10704 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10706 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10707 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10709 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10710 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10712 - `ff-special-constructs'
10713 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10714 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10715 extracting the filename from that construct.
10717 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10718 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10720 - `ff-search-directories'
10721 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10722 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10724 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10725 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10727 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10728 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10730 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10731 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10733 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10734 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10736 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10737 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10739 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10741 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10742 Visit the file you click on.
10744 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10746 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10747 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10749 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10751 ;;;***
10753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21701
10754 ;;;;;; 12613 256523 949000))
10755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10757 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10758 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10759 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10761 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10763 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10764 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10765 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10766 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10768 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10769 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10770 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10771 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10773 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10775 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10776 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10778 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10779 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10780 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10781 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10783 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10784 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10785 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10787 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10788 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10789 in `load-path'.
10791 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10793 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10794 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10796 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10797 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10798 places point before the definition.
10799 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10801 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10802 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10803 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10805 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10807 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10808 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10810 See `find-function' for more details.
10812 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10814 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10815 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10817 See `find-function' for more details.
10819 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10821 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10822 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10824 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10825 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10826 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10828 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10829 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10831 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10833 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10834 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10836 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10837 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10838 places point before the definition.
10840 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10842 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10843 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10844 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10846 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10848 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10849 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10851 See `find-variable' for more details.
10853 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10855 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10856 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10858 See `find-variable' for more details.
10860 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10862 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10863 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10864 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10865 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10866 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10867 buffer nor display it.
10869 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10870 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10872 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10874 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10875 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10877 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10878 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10879 places point before the definition.
10881 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10883 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10884 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10885 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10887 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10889 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10890 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10891 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10893 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10895 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10896 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10898 \(fn)" t nil)
10900 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10901 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10903 \(fn)" t nil)
10905 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10906 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10908 \(fn)" nil nil)
10910 ;;;***
10912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21678 60839 581751
10913 ;;;;;; 511000))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10916 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10917 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10919 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10921 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10922 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10924 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10926 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10927 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10929 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10931 ;;;***
10933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21678 60839 581751 511000))
10934 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10935 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10937 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10938 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10940 \(fn)" t nil)
10942 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10943 Display FILE's commentary section.
10944 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10946 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10948 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10949 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10951 \(fn)" t nil)
10953 ;;;***
10955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21678 60839 581751
10956 ;;;;;; 511000))
10957 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10959 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10960 Toggle flow control handling.
10961 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10962 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10964 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10966 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10967 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10968 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10969 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10970 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10971 to get the effect of a C-q.
10973 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10975 ;;;***
10977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21678 60839
10978 ;;;;;; 625753 279000))
10979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10981 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10986 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10989 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10991 ;;;***
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21678 60840
10994 ;;;;;; 289779 910000))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10996 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10998 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10999 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11000 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11001 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11002 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11003 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11007 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11008 Turn flymake mode on.
11010 \(fn)" nil nil)
11012 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11013 Turn flymake mode off.
11015 \(fn)" nil nil)
11017 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11020 \(fn)" nil nil)
11022 ;;;***
11024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21756 63738
11025 ;;;;;; 18470 49000))
11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11028 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11029 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11031 \(fn)" t nil)
11032 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11034 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11035 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11037 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11038 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11040 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11041 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11042 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11044 Bindings:
11045 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11046 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11047 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11048 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11050 Hooks:
11051 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11053 Remark:
11054 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11055 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11056 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11058 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11059 consider adding:
11060 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11061 in your init file.
11063 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11064 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11068 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11069 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11071 \(fn)" nil nil)
11073 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11074 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11076 \(fn)" nil nil)
11078 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11079 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11081 \(fn)" nil nil)
11083 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11084 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11088 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11089 Flyspell whole buffer.
11091 \(fn)" t nil)
11093 ;;;***
11095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21678 60839 581751
11096 ;;;;;; 511000))
11097 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11098 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11100 ;;;***
11102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21678 60839 581751 511000))
11103 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11105 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11106 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11108 \(fn)" nil nil)
11110 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11111 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11113 \(fn)" nil nil)
11115 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11116 Toggle Follow mode.
11117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11118 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11119 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11121 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11122 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11124 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11125 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11126 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11128 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11129 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11130 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11131 movement commands.
11133 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11134 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11135 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11136 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11137 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11138 mileage may vary).
11140 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11141 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11143 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11145 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11147 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11148 \\{follow-mode-map}
11150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11152 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11153 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11155 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11156 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11157 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11158 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11159 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11160 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11162 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11163 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11164 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11168 ;;;***
11170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21799 24401
11171 ;;;;;; 558172 920000))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11173 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11175 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11176 Toggle Footnote mode.
11177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11181 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11182 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11183 play around with the following keys:
11184 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11188 ;;;***
11190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21804 4012 674064 262000))
11191 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11193 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11194 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11196 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11197 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11198 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11199 C-c < forms-first-record <
11200 C-c > forms-last-record >
11201 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11202 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11203 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11204 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11205 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11206 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11207 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11208 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11209 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11210 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11212 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11214 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11215 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11217 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11219 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11220 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11222 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11224 ;;;***
11226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21678 60840
11227 ;;;;;; 289779 910000))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11230 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11231 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11232 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11234 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11235 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11237 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11239 Key definitions:
11240 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11242 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11244 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11245 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11246 `fortran-do-indent'
11247 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11248 `fortran-if-indent'
11249 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11250 `fortran-structure-indent'
11251 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11252 (default 3)
11253 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11254 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11255 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11256 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11257 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11258 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11259 nil don't change the indentation
11260 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11261 value of either
11262 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11263 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11264 depending on the continuation format in use.
11265 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11266 indentation for a line of code.
11267 (default 'fixed)
11268 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11269 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11270 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11271 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11272 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11273 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11274 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11275 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11276 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11277 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11278 column 5.
11279 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11280 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11281 statements (default nil).
11282 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11283 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11284 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11285 `fortran-continuation-string'
11286 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11287 line (default \"$\").
11288 `fortran-comment-region'
11289 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11290 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11291 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11292 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11293 as typed (default t).
11294 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11295 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11297 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11298 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11300 \(fn)" t nil)
11302 ;;;***
11304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21678 60840 201776
11305 ;;;;;; 390000))
11306 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11308 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11309 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11311 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11312 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11314 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11316 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11317 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11319 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11320 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11322 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11324 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11325 Compile fortune file.
11327 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11328 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11330 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11332 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11333 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11335 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11336 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11337 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11338 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11340 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11342 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11343 Display a fortune cookie.
11344 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11345 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11346 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11347 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11349 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11351 ;;;***
11353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 24401 554173
11354 ;;;;;; 1000))
11355 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11357 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11358 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11359 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11361 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11362 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11363 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11365 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11366 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11368 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11369 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11371 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11372 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11373 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11374 intend to modify existing values, do
11376 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11378 before changing anything.
11380 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11381 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11383 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11384 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11385 to restore the frame.
11387 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11388 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11389 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11391 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11392 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11393 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11394 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11395 FILTER A filter function.
11397 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11398 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11400 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11402 where
11404 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11405 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11406 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11407 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11408 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11409 before restoring it.
11410 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11412 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11413 It must return:
11414 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11415 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11416 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11418 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11419 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11421 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11422 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11423 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11424 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11425 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11426 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11427 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11429 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11431 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11432 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11434 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11436 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11437 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11438 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11439 If nil, check all live frames.
11441 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11443 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11444 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11445 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11446 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11447 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11448 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11449 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11450 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11451 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11452 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11453 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11455 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11457 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11458 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11460 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11461 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11462 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11463 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11464 and window-state is not restored.
11466 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11467 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11469 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11470 t All existing frames can be reused.
11471 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11472 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11473 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11474 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11476 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11477 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11478 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11479 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11480 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11481 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11482 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11483 be created from that parameter alist.
11485 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11486 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11487 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11488 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11489 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11490 - the live frame just restored,
11491 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11492 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11493 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11495 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11496 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11497 nil Keep all frames.
11498 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11499 - FRAME, a live frame.
11500 - ACTION, which can be one of
11501 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11502 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11503 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11504 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11505 Return value is ignored.
11507 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11508 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11509 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11510 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11511 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11513 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11515 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11517 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11518 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11519 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11521 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11523 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11524 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11525 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11527 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11529 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11530 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11531 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11532 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11534 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11536 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11538 ;;;***
11540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 48653
11541 ;;;;;; 160356 477000))
11542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11543 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11545 ;;;***
11547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21724 48240
11548 ;;;;;; 923325 678000))
11549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11551 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11552 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11553 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11555 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11557 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11558 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11559 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11560 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11561 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11562 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11563 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11567 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11568 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11569 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11570 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11572 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11573 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11574 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11575 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11576 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11578 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11579 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11580 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11581 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11583 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11584 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11585 shown in some of the buffers.
11587 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11589 The following commands help control operation :
11591 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11592 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11594 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11595 detailed description of this mode.
11598 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11599 | GDB Toolbar |
11600 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11601 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11602 | | |
11603 | | |
11604 | | |
11605 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11606 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11607 | | (comint-mode) |
11608 | | |
11609 | | |
11610 | | |
11611 | | |
11612 | | |
11613 | | |
11614 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11615 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11616 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11617 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11618 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11619 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11621 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11623 ;;;***
11625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21678 60839
11626 ;;;;;; 477747 331000))
11627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11629 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11630 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11631 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11632 instead (which see).")
11634 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11635 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11637 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11638 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11639 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11640 documentation string instead.
11642 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11643 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11644 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11645 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11646 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11647 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11648 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11649 enders are actually possible.
11651 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11652 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11654 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11655 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11656 `font-lock-keywords'.
11658 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11659 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11660 runs the macro expansion.
11662 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11663 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11664 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11666 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11668 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11670 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11672 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11674 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11675 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11677 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11679 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11680 Enter generic mode MODE.
11682 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11683 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11684 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11686 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11687 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11689 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11691 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11692 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11693 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11694 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11695 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11696 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11697 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11698 `font-lock-keywords'.
11700 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11702 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11704 ;;;***
11706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21678 60840
11707 ;;;;;; 293780 70000))
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11710 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11711 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11713 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11714 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11715 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11719 ;;;***
11721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21678 60839
11722 ;;;;;; 629753 440000))
11723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11725 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11726 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11727 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11729 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11731 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11732 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11734 Guideline for numbers:
11735 1 - error messages
11736 3 - non-serious error messages
11737 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11738 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11739 9 - messages inside loops.
11741 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11743 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11744 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11745 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11747 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11749 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11750 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11752 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11754 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11755 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11757 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11758 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11759 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11760 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11761 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11762 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11764 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11765 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11766 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11767 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11768 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11770 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11772 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11774 ;;;***
11776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21678 60839 681755 530000))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11778 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11779 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11780 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11782 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11783 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11787 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11788 Read network news.
11789 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11790 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11791 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11792 name of an NNTP server to use.
11793 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11794 server.
11796 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11798 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11799 Read news as a slave.
11801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11803 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11804 Pop up a frame to read news.
11805 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11806 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11807 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11808 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11809 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11810 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11811 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11812 current display is used.
11814 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11816 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11817 Read network news.
11818 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11819 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11820 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11822 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11824 ;;;***
11826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21678 60839
11827 ;;;;;; 629753 440000))
11828 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11830 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11831 Start Gnus unplugged.
11833 \(fn)" t nil)
11835 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11836 Start Gnus plugged.
11838 \(fn)" t nil)
11840 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11841 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11845 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11846 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11848 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11849 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11850 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11852 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11853 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11854 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11856 \(fn)" t nil)
11858 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11859 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11861 \(fn)" nil nil)
11863 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11864 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11865 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11866 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11867 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11868 supported.
11870 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11873 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11874 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11875 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11876 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11877 supported.
11879 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11881 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11882 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11884 \(fn)" nil nil)
11886 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11887 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11888 downloaded into the agent.
11890 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11892 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11893 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11894 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11895 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11897 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11899 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11900 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11902 \(fn)" t nil)
11904 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11905 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11907 \(fn)" t nil)
11909 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11910 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11911 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11913 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11915 ;;;***
11917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21799 14518
11918 ;;;;;; 691699 178000))
11919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11921 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11922 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11924 \(fn)" nil nil)
11926 ;;;***
11928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21678
11929 ;;;;;; 60839 637753 761000))
11930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11932 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11933 Set a bookmark for this article.
11935 \(fn)" t nil)
11937 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11938 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11940 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11942 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11943 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11944 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11945 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11946 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11948 \(fn)" t nil)
11950 ;;;***
11952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21678 60839
11953 ;;;;;; 641753 922000))
11954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11956 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11957 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11959 Usage:
11960 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11962 \(fn)" t nil)
11964 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11965 Generate the cache active file.
11967 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11969 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11970 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11972 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11974 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11975 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11976 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11977 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11978 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11979 supported.
11981 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11983 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11984 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11985 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11986 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11987 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11988 supported.
11990 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11992 ;;;***
11994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21678 60839
11995 ;;;;;; 641753 922000))
11996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11998 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11999 Delay this article by some time.
12000 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12002 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12003 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12005 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12006 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12008 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12009 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12011 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12013 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12014 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12016 \(fn)" t nil)
12018 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12019 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12020 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12021 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12023 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12024 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12026 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12028 ;;;***
12030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21678 60839
12031 ;;;;;; 641753 922000))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12034 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12037 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12039 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12042 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12044 ;;;***
12046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21678 60839
12047 ;;;;;; 641753 922000))
12048 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12050 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12051 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12053 \(fn)" t nil)
12055 ;;;***
12057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21678 60839
12058 ;;;;;; 645754 83000))
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12061 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12062 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12064 \(fn)" t nil)
12066 ;;;***
12068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21678 60839
12069 ;;;;;; 645754 83000))
12070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12072 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12073 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12075 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12077 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12079 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12080 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12082 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12084 \(fn)" t nil)
12086 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12087 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12089 \(fn)" t nil)
12091 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12092 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12094 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12095 different input formats.
12097 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12099 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12100 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12102 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12103 different input formats.
12105 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12107 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12108 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12109 The PNG is returned as a string.
12111 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12113 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12114 Convert FILE to a Face.
12115 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12116 726 bytes.
12118 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12120 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12121 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12123 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12125 \(fn)" t nil)
12127 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12128 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12130 \(fn)" nil nil)
12132 ;;;***
12134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21678
12135 ;;;;;; 60839 645754 83000))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12138 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12139 Display gravatar in the From header.
12140 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12142 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12144 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12145 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12146 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12148 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12150 ;;;***
12152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21804 4012
12153 ;;;;;; 678064 192000))
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12156 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12157 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12158 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12159 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12161 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12163 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12164 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12166 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12168 ;;;***
12170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21678 60839
12171 ;;;;;; 649754 243000))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12174 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12177 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12179 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12182 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12184 ;;;***
12186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21678 60839
12187 ;;;;;; 649754 243000))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12190 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12192 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12193 Run batched scoring.
12194 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12196 \(fn)" t nil)
12198 ;;;***
12200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21678 60839 653754
12201 ;;;;;; 404000))
12202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12204 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12207 \(fn)" nil nil)
12209 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12210 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12211 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12213 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12215 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12216 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12218 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12222 ;;;***
12224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21678 60839
12225 ;;;;;; 653754 404000))
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12228 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12229 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12230 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12231 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12232 group parameters.
12234 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12235 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12236 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12237 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12239 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12240 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12241 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12242 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12243 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12244 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12245 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12246 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12247 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12248 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12250 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12252 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12253 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12254 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12255 nil CATCH-ALL).
12257 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12258 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12260 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12262 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12263 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12264 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12266 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12268 \(fn)" nil nil)
12270 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12271 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12272 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12274 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12276 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12277 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12278 existing groups are considered.
12280 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12281 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12282 returned.
12284 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12285 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12286 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12287 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12288 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12289 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12290 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12291 clauses will be generated.
12293 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12294 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12295 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12296 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12297 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12298 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12300 For example, given the following group parameters:
12302 nnml:mail.bar:
12303 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12304 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12305 nnml:mail.foo:
12306 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12307 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12308 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12309 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12310 nnml:mail.others:
12311 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12313 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12315 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12316 \"mail.bar\")
12317 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12318 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12319 \"mail.others\")
12321 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12323 ;;;***
12325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21727 22885
12326 ;;;;;; 701249 695000))
12327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12329 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12330 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12331 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12332 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12333 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12334 instead.
12336 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12338 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12339 Mail to ADDRESS.
12341 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12343 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12344 Like `message-reply'.
12346 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12348 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12350 ;;;***
12352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12353 ;;;;;; (21756 63737 858474 66000))
12354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12356 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12357 Send a notification on new message.
12358 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12359 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12360 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12362 This is typically a function to add in
12363 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12365 \(fn)" nil nil)
12367 ;;;***
12369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21678 60839
12370 ;;;;;; 653754 404000))
12371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12373 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12374 Display picons in the From header.
12375 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12377 \(fn)" t nil)
12379 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12380 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12381 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12383 \(fn)" t nil)
12385 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12386 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12387 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12389 \(fn)" t nil)
12391 ;;;***
12393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21678 60839
12394 ;;;;;; 653754 404000))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12397 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12398 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12399 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12400 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12402 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12404 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12405 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12406 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12407 LIST1 is modified.
12409 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12411 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12412 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12413 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12415 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12417 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12420 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12422 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12423 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12424 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12426 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12428 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12429 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12430 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12432 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12434 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12436 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12437 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12438 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12440 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12442 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12443 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12444 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12448 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12449 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12450 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12452 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12454 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12455 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12457 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12459 ;;;***
12461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21774
12462 ;;;;;; 52426 305831 981000))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12465 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12466 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12468 \(fn)" t nil)
12470 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12471 Install the registry hooks.
12473 \(fn)" t nil)
12475 ;;;***
12477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21678 60839
12478 ;;;;;; 661754 726000))
12479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12481 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12482 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12483 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12484 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12485 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12486 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12488 \(fn)" t nil)
12490 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12491 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12492 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12493 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12494 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12496 \(fn)" t nil)
12498 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12501 \(fn)" t nil)
12503 ;;;***
12505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21678 60839
12506 ;;;;;; 661754 726000))
12507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12509 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12510 Update the format specification near point.
12512 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12514 ;;;***
12516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21715 35341
12517 ;;;;;; 203436 746000))
12518 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12520 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12521 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12523 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12525 ;;;***
12527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21803 61751
12528 ;;;;;; 289340 808000))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12531 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12532 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12533 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12535 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12537 ;;;***
12539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21678 60839
12540 ;;;;;; 673755 208000))
12541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12543 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12544 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12546 \(fn)" t nil)
12548 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12549 Install the sync hooks.
12551 \(fn)" t nil)
12553 ;;;***
12555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21678 60839
12556 ;;;;;; 681755 530000))
12557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12559 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12560 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12562 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12564 ;;;***
12566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21678 60839 969767
12567 ;;;;;; 103000))
12568 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12570 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12571 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12572 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12573 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12574 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12575 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12577 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12579 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12581 ;;;***
12583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21678 60840 205776
12584 ;;;;;; 549000))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12587 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12588 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12590 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12591 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12592 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12594 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12595 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12596 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12598 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12599 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12601 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12602 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12604 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12606 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12608 ;;;***
12610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21678 60839
12611 ;;;;;; 969767 103000))
12612 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12614 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12616 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12617 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12618 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12619 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12620 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12622 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12624 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12625 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12626 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12627 or to send e-mail.
12628 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12629 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12631 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12632 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12634 \(fn)" t nil)
12635 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12637 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12638 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12640 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12641 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12645 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12646 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12650 ;;;***
12652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21678 60839
12653 ;;;;;; 685755 690000))
12654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12656 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12657 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12658 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12660 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12662 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12663 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12665 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12667 ;;;***
12669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21678 60840 297780
12670 ;;;;;; 230000))
12671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12673 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12674 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12676 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12678 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12679 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12680 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12681 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12682 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12684 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12685 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12686 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12688 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12690 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12691 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12692 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12693 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12694 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12696 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12698 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12699 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12701 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12703 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12704 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12706 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12707 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12708 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12710 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12711 The default find program.
12712 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12713 and others.")
12715 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12716 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12717 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12718 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12720 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12721 How to invoke find and grep.
12722 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12723 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12724 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12725 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12727 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12729 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12730 History list for grep.")
12732 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12733 History list for grep-find.")
12735 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12736 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12737 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12739 \(fn)" nil nil)
12741 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12744 \(fn)" nil nil)
12746 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12747 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12749 \(fn)" nil nil)
12751 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12752 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12753 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12754 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12755 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12757 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12758 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12760 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12761 can easily repeat a grep command.
12763 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12764 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12765 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12766 list is empty).
12768 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12770 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12771 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12772 Collect output in a buffer.
12773 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12774 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12776 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12777 easily repeat a find command.
12779 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12781 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12783 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12784 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12785 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12786 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12787 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12789 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12790 before it is executed.
12791 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12793 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12794 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12795 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12797 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12799 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12801 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12802 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12803 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12804 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12805 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12807 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12808 before it is executed.
12809 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12811 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12812 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12813 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12814 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12816 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12818 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12819 to specify a command to run.
12821 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12823 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12824 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12825 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12826 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12828 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12830 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12832 ;;;***
12834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21678 60839 733757 619000))
12835 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12837 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12838 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12839 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12840 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12841 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12843 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12845 ;;;***
12847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21769 35727 354145
12848 ;;;;;; 723000))
12849 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12851 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12852 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12853 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12854 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12856 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12858 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12859 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12860 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12861 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12863 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12865 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12866 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12867 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12868 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12870 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12872 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12873 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12874 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12875 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12877 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12878 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12880 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12882 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12883 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12884 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12885 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12887 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12889 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12890 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12891 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12892 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12894 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12896 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12897 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12898 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12899 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12901 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12903 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12904 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12905 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12906 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12907 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12909 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12910 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12911 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12912 original source file access method.
12914 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12915 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12917 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12919 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12920 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12922 \(fn)" t nil)
12924 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12925 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12926 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12928 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12929 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12931 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12933 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12934 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12936 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12937 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12941 ;;;***
12943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21756 63737 830474
12944 ;;;;;; 768000))
12945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12947 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12948 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12949 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12950 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12951 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12952 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12953 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12954 set it to.
12955 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12957 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12959 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12960 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12961 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12962 of PLACE.
12963 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12964 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12965 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12966 and SETTER.
12967 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12968 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12970 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12972 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12974 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12975 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12976 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12977 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12978 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12980 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12982 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12984 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12987 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12989 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12991 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12993 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12994 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12995 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12996 well for simple place forms.
12997 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12998 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12999 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13000 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13001 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13002 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13003 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13005 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13007 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13009 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13010 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13011 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13012 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13013 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13015 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13016 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13017 (let ((temp VAL))
13018 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13019 temp)
13020 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13022 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13024 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13025 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13026 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13027 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13028 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13029 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13031 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13033 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13035 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13036 Return a reference to PLACE.
13037 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13038 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13039 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13040 binding mode.
13042 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13044 ;;;***
13046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21678 60840
13047 ;;;;;; 205776 549000))
13048 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13050 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13051 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13052 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13053 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13055 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13056 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13057 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13058 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13060 \(fn)" t nil)
13062 ;;;***
13064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 25474 348396
13065 ;;;;;; 169000))
13066 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13068 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13069 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13071 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13073 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13074 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13075 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13076 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13078 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13080 \(fn)" t nil)
13082 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13083 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13084 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13085 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13086 to be updated.
13088 \(fn)" t nil)
13090 ;;;***
13092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21678 60839
13093 ;;;;;; 869763 84000))
13094 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13096 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13097 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13099 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13101 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13102 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13103 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13105 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13107 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13108 Verify a hashcash payment
13110 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13112 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13113 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13114 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13115 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13116 `mail-add-payment-async').
13118 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13120 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13121 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13122 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13123 Calculation is asynchronous.
13125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13127 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13128 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13129 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13133 ;;;***
13135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21678 60839 733757
13136 ;;;;;; 619000))
13137 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13139 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13140 Return the help-echo string at point.
13141 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13142 property, or nil, is returned.
13143 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13144 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13145 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13147 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13149 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13150 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13151 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13152 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13153 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13155 \(fn)" nil nil)
13157 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13158 Display local help in the echo area.
13159 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13160 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13161 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13162 printed instead.
13164 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13165 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13166 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13170 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13171 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13172 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13174 \(fn)" t nil)
13176 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13177 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13178 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13180 \(fn)" t nil)
13182 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13183 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13184 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13185 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13186 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13187 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13188 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13189 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13190 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13191 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13192 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13194 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13195 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13196 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13197 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13198 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13200 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13201 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13202 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13203 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13204 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13205 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13206 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13207 The default is `never'.")
13209 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13211 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13212 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13213 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13214 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13215 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13216 considered different regions.
13218 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13219 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13220 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13221 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13222 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13223 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13224 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13225 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13226 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13228 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13230 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13231 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13232 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13233 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13234 different regions.
13236 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13237 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13238 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13239 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13240 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13241 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13242 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13243 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13245 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13246 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13247 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13248 rarely happens in practice.
13250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13252 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13253 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13254 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13255 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13256 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13257 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13261 ;;;***
13263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21720 48653 588347
13264 ;;;;;; 670000))
13265 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13267 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13268 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13270 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13272 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13273 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13274 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13276 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13278 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13279 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13280 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13281 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13282 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13283 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13284 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13286 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13287 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13288 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13289 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13290 suitable file is found, return nil.
13292 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13294 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13297 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13299 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13300 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13301 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13302 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13304 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13306 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13307 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13308 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13309 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13310 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13311 it is displayed along with the global value.
13313 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13315 (autoload 'describe-function-or-variable "help-fns" "\
13316 Display the full documentation of the function or variable SYMBOL.
13317 If SYMBOL is a variable and has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13318 \(default to the current buffer and current frame), it is displayed along
13319 with the global value.
13321 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13323 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13324 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13325 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13326 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13328 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13330 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13331 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13332 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13333 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13334 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13336 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13338 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13339 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13341 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13343 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13344 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13346 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13348 ;;;***
13350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21678 60839 737757
13351 ;;;;;; 780000))
13352 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13354 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13355 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13356 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13357 window listing and describing the options.
13358 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13359 gives the window that lists the options.")
13361 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13363 ;;;***
13365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21733 15494 350926
13366 ;;;;;; 217000))
13367 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13369 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13370 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13371 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13372 Commands:
13373 \\{help-mode-map}
13375 \(fn)" t nil)
13377 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13380 \(fn)" nil nil)
13382 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13385 \(fn)" nil nil)
13387 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13388 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13390 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13391 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13392 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13393 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13395 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13396 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13397 restore it properly when going back.
13399 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13401 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13402 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13403 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13404 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13405 from `help-mode'.
13406 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13407 it does not already exist.
13409 \(fn)" nil nil)
13411 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13412 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13414 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13415 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13416 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13417 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13418 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13419 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13420 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13421 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13423 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13424 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13425 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13426 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13428 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13429 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13430 that.
13432 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13434 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13435 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13436 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13437 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13438 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13439 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13441 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13443 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13444 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13445 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13446 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13447 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13449 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13451 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13452 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13454 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13456 (autoload 'help-xref-interned "help-mode" "\
13457 Follow a hyperlink which appeared to be an arbitrary interned SYMBOL.
13458 Both variable, function and face documentation are extracted into a single
13459 help buffer. If SYMBOL is a variable, include buffer-local value for optional
13460 BUFFER or FRAME.
13462 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" nil nil)
13464 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13465 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13466 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13467 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13469 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13471 ;;;***
13473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21678 60839
13474 ;;;;;; 481747 492000))
13475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13477 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13478 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13480 \(fn)" t nil)
13482 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13483 Provide help for current mode.
13485 \(fn)" t nil)
13487 ;;;***
13489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21694 48017 602102 111000))
13490 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13492 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13493 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13494 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13495 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13496 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13498 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13499 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13501 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13502 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13503 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13504 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13506 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13507 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13508 periods.
13510 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13511 in hexl format.
13513 A sample format:
13515 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13516 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13517 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13518 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13519 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13520 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13521 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13522 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13523 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13524 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13525 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13526 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13527 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13528 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13529 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13531 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13532 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13533 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13535 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13536 also supported.
13538 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13540 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13541 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13542 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13544 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13545 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13546 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13548 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13549 into the buffer at the current point.
13551 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13552 into the buffer at the current point.
13554 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13555 into the buffer at the current point.
13557 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13559 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13560 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13562 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13564 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13568 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13569 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13570 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13571 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13573 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13575 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13576 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13577 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13579 \(fn)" t nil)
13581 ;;;***
13583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 10923 302579
13584 ;;;;;; 694000))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13587 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13588 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13589 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13590 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13591 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13593 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13594 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13595 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13596 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13598 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13599 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13600 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13601 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13603 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13604 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13605 which can be called interactively, are:
13607 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13608 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13610 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13611 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13612 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13613 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13615 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13616 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13618 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13619 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13620 available face automatically.
13622 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13623 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13625 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13626 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13627 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13628 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13629 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13630 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13631 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13632 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13633 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13634 function returns t.
13636 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13637 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13639 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13640 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13641 form:
13642 Hi-lock: FOO
13644 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13645 position (number of characters into buffer)
13646 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13647 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13648 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13652 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13653 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13654 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13655 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13656 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13657 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13659 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13661 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13662 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13663 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13664 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13665 ARG is omitted or nil.
13667 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13668 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13669 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13673 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13675 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13676 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13677 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13678 Use the global history list for FACE.
13680 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13681 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13682 highlighting will not update as you type.
13684 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13686 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13688 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13689 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13690 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13691 Use the global history list for FACE.
13693 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13694 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13695 highlighting will not update as you type.
13697 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13699 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13701 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13702 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13703 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13704 Use the global history list for FACE.
13706 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13707 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13708 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13710 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13711 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13712 highlighting will not update as you type.
13714 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13716 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13718 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13719 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13720 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13721 unless you use a prefix argument.
13722 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13724 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13725 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13727 \(fn)" t nil)
13729 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13731 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13732 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13733 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13734 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13735 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13736 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13738 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13740 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13741 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13743 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13744 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13745 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13747 \(fn)" t nil)
13749 ;;;***
13751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21799 25495
13752 ;;;;;; 339970 854000))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13755 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13756 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13757 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13758 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13759 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13761 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13762 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13763 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13764 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13766 `hide-ifdef-env'
13767 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13768 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13769 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13770 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13771 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13772 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13773 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13775 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13776 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13777 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13778 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13779 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13781 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13782 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13783 #endif lines when hiding.
13785 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13786 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13787 is activated.
13789 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13790 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13791 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13793 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13797 ;;;***
13799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21678 60840
13800 ;;;;;; 301780 390000))
13801 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13803 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13804 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13805 Each element has the form
13806 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13808 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13809 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13811 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13812 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13814 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13815 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13816 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13817 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13818 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13819 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13821 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13822 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13824 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13825 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13827 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13828 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13829 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13831 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13832 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13834 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13835 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13837 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13838 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13839 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13841 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13842 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13843 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13845 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13846 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13848 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13850 Key bindings:
13851 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13855 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13856 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13858 \(fn)" nil nil)
13860 ;;;***
13862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21678 60839 741757
13863 ;;;;;; 940000))
13864 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13866 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13867 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13868 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13869 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13870 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13872 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13873 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13874 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13875 this on and off.
13877 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13878 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13879 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13880 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13881 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13882 through various faces.
13883 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13884 buffer with the contents of a file
13885 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13889 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13890 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13891 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13892 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13893 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13895 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13896 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13897 in a distinctive face.
13899 The default value can be customized with variable
13900 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13902 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13906 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13907 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13908 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13910 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13912 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13913 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13915 \(fn)" t nil)
13917 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13918 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13920 \(fn)" t nil)
13922 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13923 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13925 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13926 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13927 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13928 shown in the last face in the list.
13930 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13931 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13932 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13934 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13936 \(fn)" t nil)
13938 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13939 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13941 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13943 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13944 to save the file.
13946 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13947 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13949 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13950 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13951 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13953 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13955 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13956 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13958 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13959 this function is called interactively.
13961 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13962 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13963 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13965 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13966 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13967 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13969 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13971 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13972 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13973 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13974 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13975 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13976 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13978 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13980 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13981 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13982 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13983 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13984 ARG is omitted or nil.
13986 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13987 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13988 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13992 ;;;***
13994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21678 60839 741757
13995 ;;;;;; 940000))
13996 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13997 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13999 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14000 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14001 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14002 or insert functions in this list.")
14004 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14006 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14007 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14008 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14009 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14010 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14011 expansions.
14012 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14013 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14014 undoes the expansion.
14016 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14018 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14019 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14020 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14021 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14023 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14025 ;;;***
14027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21678 60839 741757
14028 ;;;;;; 940000))
14029 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14031 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14032 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14034 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14035 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14037 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14038 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14039 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14040 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14041 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14042 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14044 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14045 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14046 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14047 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14051 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14052 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14053 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14055 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14056 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14058 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14060 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14061 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14062 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14063 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14064 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14066 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14067 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14068 windows.
14070 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14071 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14075 ;;;***
14077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21678 60839
14078 ;;;;;; 317740 902000))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14081 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14082 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14083 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14085 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14087 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14089 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14090 Oriental holidays.
14091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14093 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14095 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14097 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14098 Local holidays.
14099 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14101 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14103 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14105 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14106 User defined holidays.
14107 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14109 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14111 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14113 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14114 Jewish holidays.
14115 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14117 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14119 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14121 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14122 Christian holidays.
14123 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14125 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14127 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14129 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14130 Islamic holidays.
14131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14133 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14135 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14137 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14138 Bahá'í holidays.
14139 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14141 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14143 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14145 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14146 Sun-related holidays.
14147 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14149 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14151 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14153 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14155 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14156 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14157 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14158 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14162 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14163 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14164 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14165 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14166 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14168 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14169 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14171 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14172 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14174 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14175 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14176 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14177 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14178 of a holiday list.
14180 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14182 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14184 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14186 ;;;***
14188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21678 60839
14189 ;;;;;; 685755 690000))
14190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14192 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14193 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14195 \(fn)" t nil)
14197 ;;;***
14199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21797 54705
14200 ;;;;;; 36905 533000))
14201 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14202 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14204 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14205 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14206 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14207 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14208 as possible.
14210 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14211 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14212 fontified display.
14214 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14215 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14217 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14218 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14219 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14221 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14223 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14224 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14225 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14227 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14229 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14231 ;;;***
14233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21678 60839 745758
14234 ;;;;;; 101000))
14235 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14237 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14238 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14240 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14241 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14242 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14244 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14245 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14246 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14247 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14248 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14249 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14251 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14252 title of the column.
14254 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14255 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14256 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14257 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14258 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14260 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14262 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14264 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14265 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14266 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14267 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14268 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14270 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14271 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14272 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14274 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14276 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14278 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14280 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14281 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14282 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14283 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14284 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14285 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14287 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14288 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14289 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14290 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14291 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14292 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14293 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14294 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14295 values are:
14296 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14297 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14298 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14299 buffer's modification flag.
14300 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14301 prompted before performing this operation.
14302 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14303 operation is complete, in the form:
14304 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14305 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14306 confirmation message, in the form:
14307 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14308 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14309 macro for exactly what it does.
14311 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14313 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14315 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14317 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14318 Define a filter named NAME.
14319 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14320 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14321 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14323 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14324 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14325 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14326 bound to the current value of the filter.
14328 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14330 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14332 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14334 ;;;***
14336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21799 25376 342382
14337 ;;;;;; 265000))
14338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14340 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14341 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14342 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14343 buffers which are visiting a file.
14345 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14347 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14348 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14349 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14350 buffers which are visiting a file.
14352 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14354 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14355 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14356 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14358 All arguments are optional.
14359 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14360 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14361 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14362 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14363 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14364 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14365 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14366 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14367 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14368 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14369 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14370 that value locally in this buffer.
14372 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14374 ;;;***
14376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21797
14377 ;;;;;; 54704 968907 0))
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14379 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14381 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14382 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14383 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14384 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14386 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14388 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14389 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14390 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14391 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14392 ICAL-FILENAME.
14393 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14394 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14395 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14397 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14399 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14400 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14401 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14402 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14403 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14404 non-marking or not.
14406 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14408 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14409 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14411 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14412 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14413 DIARY-FILE.
14415 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14416 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14417 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14419 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14420 non-marking.
14422 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14423 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14424 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14426 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14428 ;;;***
14430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21678 60839 749758
14431 ;;;;;; 262000))
14432 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14434 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14435 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14436 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14438 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14439 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14441 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14443 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14444 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14445 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14446 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14447 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14449 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14450 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14451 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14452 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14454 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14455 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14457 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14458 completions:
14460 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14463 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14464 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14465 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14466 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14468 ;;;***
14470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21678 60840 301780
14471 ;;;;;; 390000))
14472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14474 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14475 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14476 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14477 Tab indents for Icon code.
14478 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14479 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14480 \\{icon-mode-map}
14481 Variables controlling indentation style:
14482 icon-tab-always-indent
14483 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14484 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14485 icon-auto-newline
14486 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14487 inserted in Icon code.
14488 icon-indent-level
14489 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14490 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14491 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14492 icon-continued-statement-offset
14493 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14494 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14495 icon-continued-brace-offset
14496 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14497 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14498 icon-brace-offset
14499 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14500 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14501 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14502 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14504 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14505 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14507 \(fn)" t nil)
14509 ;;;***
14511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21678
14512 ;;;;;; 60840 309780 710000))
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14515 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14516 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14517 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14518 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14520 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14521 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14522 separate frames.
14524 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14525 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14527 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14528 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14529 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14531 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14533 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14535 ;;;***
14537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21678 60840
14538 ;;;;;; 313780 870000))
14539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14540 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14542 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14543 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14545 The main features of this mode are
14547 1. Indentation and Formatting
14548 --------------------------
14549 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14550 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14552 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14553 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14554 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14555 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14557 Comments are indented as follows:
14559 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14560 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14561 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14563 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14565 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14566 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14567 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14568 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14569 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14570 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14572 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14573 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14574 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14575 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14577 2. Routine Info
14578 ------------
14579 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14580 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14581 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14582 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14583 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14584 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14585 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14586 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14587 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14588 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14590 3. Online IDL Help
14591 ---------------
14593 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14594 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14595 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14596 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14598 4. Completion
14599 ----------
14600 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14601 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14602 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14603 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14604 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14605 upper case.
14607 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14608 --------------------------------
14609 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14610 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14612 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14613 \\fu FUNCTION template
14614 \\c CASE statement template
14615 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14616 \\f FOR loop template
14617 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14618 \\w WHILE loop template
14619 \\i IF statement template
14620 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14621 \\b BEGIN
14623 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14624 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14626 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14627 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14628 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14629 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14631 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14632 -------------------------
14633 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14634 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14636 7. Automatic END completion
14637 ------------------------
14638 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14639 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14641 8. Hooks
14642 -----
14643 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14644 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14646 9. Documentation and Customization
14647 -------------------------------
14648 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14649 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14650 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14651 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14652 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14653 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14655 10.Keybindings
14656 -----------
14657 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14658 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14659 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14661 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14663 \(fn)" t nil)
14665 ;;;***
14667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21767 20340 942139 827000))
14668 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14670 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14671 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14672 The following values are possible:
14673 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14674 displaying...)
14675 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14676 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14677 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14680 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14682 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14684 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14685 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14686 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14687 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14688 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14689 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14690 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14691 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14692 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14696 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14697 Switch to another buffer.
14698 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14699 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14700 in another frame.
14702 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14703 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14704 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14705 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14706 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14708 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14709 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14711 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14713 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14714 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14715 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14716 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14717 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14718 in a separate window.
14719 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14720 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14721 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14722 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14723 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14724 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14725 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14726 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14727 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14731 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14732 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14733 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14738 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14739 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14740 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14745 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14746 Kill a buffer.
14747 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14752 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14753 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14754 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14759 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14760 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14761 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14766 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14767 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14769 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14771 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14772 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14773 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14774 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14775 in another frame.
14777 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14778 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14779 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14780 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14781 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14782 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14784 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14785 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14787 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14789 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14790 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14791 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14792 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14793 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14794 in a separate window.
14795 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14796 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14797 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14798 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14799 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14800 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14801 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14802 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14803 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14804 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14805 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14806 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14807 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14808 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14809 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14810 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14811 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14812 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14816 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14817 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14818 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14819 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14821 \(fn)" t nil)
14823 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14824 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14825 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14826 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14828 \(fn)" t nil)
14830 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14831 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14832 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14833 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14835 \(fn)" t nil)
14837 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14838 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14839 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14840 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14842 \(fn)" t nil)
14844 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14845 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14846 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14847 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14849 \(fn)" t nil)
14851 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14852 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14853 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14854 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14856 \(fn)" t nil)
14858 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14859 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14860 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14861 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14863 \(fn)" t nil)
14865 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14866 Write current buffer to a file.
14867 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14868 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14870 \(fn)" t nil)
14872 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14873 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14874 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14875 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14877 \(fn)" t nil)
14879 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14880 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14881 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14882 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14884 \(fn)" t nil)
14886 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14887 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14888 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14889 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14890 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14891 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14893 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14895 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14896 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14897 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14898 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14900 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14902 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14903 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14904 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14905 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14907 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14909 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14910 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14911 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14912 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14913 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14914 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14915 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14916 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14917 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14918 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14919 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14920 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14921 with point positioned at the end.
14922 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14923 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14925 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14927 ;;;***
14929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21694 48017 602102 111000))
14930 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14932 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14933 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14934 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14935 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14937 \(fn)" t nil)
14939 ;;;***
14941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21678 60839 753758 423000))
14942 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14944 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14946 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14947 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14948 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14949 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14950 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14951 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14955 ;;;***
14957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21678 60839 757758 583000))
14958 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14960 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14961 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14962 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14963 be determined.
14965 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14967 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14968 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14969 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14970 be determined.
14972 \(fn)" nil nil)
14974 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14975 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14976 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14977 be determined.
14979 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14981 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14982 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14983 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14984 be determined.
14986 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14988 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14989 Determine and return image type.
14990 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14991 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14992 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14993 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14994 use its file extension as image type.
14995 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14997 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14999 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15000 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15001 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15003 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15005 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15006 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15007 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15009 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15010 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15011 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15012 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15013 must be available.
15015 \(fn)" nil nil)
15017 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15018 Create an image.
15019 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15020 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15021 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15022 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15023 use its file extension as image type.
15024 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15025 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15026 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15027 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15029 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15031 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15032 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15033 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15035 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15037 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15038 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15039 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15040 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15041 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15042 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15043 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15044 POS may be an integer or marker.
15045 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15046 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15047 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15048 means display it in the right marginal area.
15050 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15052 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15053 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15054 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15055 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15056 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15057 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15058 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15059 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15060 means display it in the right marginal area.
15061 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15062 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15063 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15064 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15065 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15067 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15069 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15070 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15071 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15072 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15073 STRING is a single space.
15074 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15075 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15076 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15077 means display it in the right marginal area.
15078 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15080 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15082 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15083 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15084 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15085 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15087 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15089 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15090 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15092 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15094 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15095 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15096 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15097 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15098 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15099 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15100 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15101 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15102 satisfied.
15104 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15106 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15108 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15110 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15111 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15113 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15114 documentation string.
15116 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15117 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15118 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15119 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15120 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15121 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15122 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15123 define SYMBOL.
15125 Example:
15127 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15128 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15130 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15132 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15134 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15135 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15136 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15137 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15139 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15140 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15141 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15142 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15144 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15146 \(fn)" nil nil)
15148 ;;;***
15150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21678 60839
15151 ;;;;;; 757758 583000))
15152 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15153 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15155 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15156 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15157 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15158 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15159 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15160 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15164 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15165 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15167 Convenience command that:
15169 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15170 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15171 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15173 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15174 image files in dired and type
15175 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15177 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15179 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15180 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15182 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15184 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15185 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15186 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15187 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15188 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15189 another one).
15191 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15192 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15193 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15195 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15196 instead of erasing it first.
15198 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15199 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15200 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15201 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15202 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15203 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15205 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15207 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15208 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15209 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15210 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15211 displayed.
15213 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15215 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15217 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15219 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15220 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15222 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15224 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15225 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15226 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15228 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15230 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15231 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15233 \(fn)" t nil)
15235 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15236 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15237 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15238 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15240 \(fn)" t nil)
15242 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15243 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15245 \(fn)" t nil)
15247 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15248 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15250 \(fn)" t nil)
15252 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15253 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15255 \(fn)" t nil)
15257 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15258 Display current image file.
15259 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15260 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15264 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15265 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15267 \(fn)" t nil)
15269 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15270 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15271 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15272 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15273 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15274 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15275 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15277 \(fn)" t nil)
15279 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15280 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15281 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15282 easy-to-use form.
15284 \(fn)" t nil)
15286 ;;;***
15288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21678 60839 757758
15289 ;;;;;; 583000))
15290 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15292 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15293 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15294 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15295 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15297 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15298 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15299 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15300 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15302 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15304 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15305 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15306 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15307 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15309 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15310 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15311 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15312 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15314 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15316 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15317 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15319 \(fn)" nil nil)
15321 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15322 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15323 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15324 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15326 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15328 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15329 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15330 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15331 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15332 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15333 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15335 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15337 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15338 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15339 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15340 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15341 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15343 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15344 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15345 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15349 ;;;***
15351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21718 7576 278960
15352 ;;;;;; 757000))
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15355 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15356 Major mode for image files.
15357 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15358 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15360 Key bindings:
15361 \\{image-mode-map}
15363 \(fn)" t nil)
15365 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15366 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15368 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15369 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15371 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15372 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15373 actual image.
15375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15377 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15378 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15379 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15380 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15381 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15382 to display an image file as the actual image.
15384 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15385 to display an image file as text initially.
15387 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15388 on these modes.
15390 \(fn)" t nil)
15392 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15395 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15397 ;;;***
15399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21678 60839 761758 744000))
15400 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15402 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15403 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15405 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15407 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15408 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15409 in the buffer.
15411 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15413 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15414 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15415 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15417 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15419 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15420 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15421 Each element of this list should have the form
15423 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15425 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15426 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15427 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15428 matches are put).
15429 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15430 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15431 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15432 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15433 another element.
15434 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15435 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15436 the menu item.
15437 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15438 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15439 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15440 the ARGUMENTS.
15442 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15443 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15444 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15446 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15447 create a buffer index.
15449 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15450 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15451 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15452 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15453 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15455 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15457 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15458 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15460 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15461 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15462 called within a `save-excursion'.
15464 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15466 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15468 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15469 Function for finding the next index position.
15471 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15472 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15473 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15474 file.
15476 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15477 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15479 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15481 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15482 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15484 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15485 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15486 It should return the name for that index item.")
15488 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15490 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15491 Function to compare string with index item.
15493 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15494 non-nil if they match.
15496 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15497 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15498 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15499 arguments match\".")
15501 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15503 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15504 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15505 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15507 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15508 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15510 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15512 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15514 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15515 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15516 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15517 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15519 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15521 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15522 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15524 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15526 \(fn)" t nil)
15528 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15529 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15530 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15531 for more information.
15533 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15535 ;;;***
15537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21678 60839
15538 ;;;;;; 813760 834000))
15539 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15541 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15542 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15544 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15546 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15549 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15551 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15554 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15556 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15559 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15561 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15562 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15564 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15566 ;;;***
15568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21678 60840
15569 ;;;;;; 317781 30000))
15570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15572 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15573 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15574 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15575 to that buffer.
15576 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15577 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15578 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15579 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15581 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15583 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15585 ;;;***
15587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21678 60839 765758 905000))
15588 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15590 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15591 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15592 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15593 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15594 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15595 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15596 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15597 first in this list.
15599 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15600 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15601 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15602 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15603 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15605 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15606 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15607 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15609 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15610 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15612 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15613 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15615 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15616 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15617 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15618 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15619 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15620 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15621 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15622 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15623 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15624 with the top-level Info directory.
15626 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15627 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15629 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15631 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15632 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15633 in all the directories in that path.
15635 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15637 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15639 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15640 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15642 \(fn)" t nil)
15644 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15645 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15647 \(fn)" t nil)
15649 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15650 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15651 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15652 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15654 \(fn)" nil nil)
15656 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15657 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15658 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15659 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15661 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15663 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15664 Go to the Info directory node.
15666 \(fn)" t nil)
15668 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15669 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15670 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15671 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15672 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15673 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15675 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15677 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15678 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15679 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15681 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15683 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15684 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15685 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15686 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15687 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15689 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15691 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15692 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15693 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15694 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15695 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15697 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15698 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15700 Selecting other nodes:
15701 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15702 Follow a node reference you click on.
15703 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15704 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15705 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15706 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15707 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15708 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15709 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15710 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15711 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15712 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15713 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15714 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15715 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15716 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15717 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15718 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15719 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15720 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15721 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15722 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15724 Moving within a node:
15725 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15726 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15727 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15728 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15729 move up to the parent node.
15730 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15731 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15732 if there is none.
15733 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15735 Advanced commands:
15736 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15737 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15738 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15739 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15740 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15741 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15742 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15743 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15744 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15745 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15746 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15747 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15748 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15749 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15750 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15751 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15753 \(fn)" t nil)
15754 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15756 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15757 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15758 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15759 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15760 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15761 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15763 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15764 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15766 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15767 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15768 KEY is a string.
15769 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15770 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15771 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15772 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15774 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15776 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15777 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15778 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15780 \(fn)" t nil)
15782 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15783 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15784 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15786 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15788 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15789 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15790 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15791 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15792 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15793 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15795 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15797 ;;;***
15799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21763 18426 747793
15800 ;;;;;; 948000))
15801 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15803 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15804 Throw away all cached data.
15805 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15806 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15807 system.
15809 \(fn)" t nil)
15810 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15812 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15813 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15814 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15815 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15816 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15817 one found at point.
15819 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15821 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15822 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15824 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15825 Display the documentation of a file.
15826 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15827 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15828 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15829 The default file name is the one found at point.
15831 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15833 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15835 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15836 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15838 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15840 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15841 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15843 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15845 ;;;***
15847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21678 60839 761758
15848 ;;;;;; 744000))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15850 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15852 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15853 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15854 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15855 current info file is the default.
15857 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15858 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15859 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15860 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15861 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15863 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15864 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15865 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15866 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15867 mistake in the reference.
15869 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15870 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15871 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15873 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15874 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15875 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15876 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15878 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15880 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15881 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15882 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15883 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15884 checked.
15886 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15887 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15888 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15889 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15890 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15891 should be harmless.
15893 \(fn)" t nil)
15895 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15896 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15897 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15898 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15900 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15901 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15902 and can take a long time.
15904 \(fn)" t nil)
15906 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15907 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15908 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15910 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15912 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15913 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15915 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15916 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15917 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15918 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15919 all builtins).
15921 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15922 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15923 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15924 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15925 the sources handy.
15927 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15929 ;;;***
15931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21678 60839 765758
15932 ;;;;;; 905000))
15933 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15935 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15936 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15938 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15940 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15941 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15943 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15945 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15946 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15947 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15948 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15950 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15951 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15952 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15954 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15955 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15956 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15957 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15959 \(fn)" t nil)
15961 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15962 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15963 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15965 \(fn)" t nil)
15967 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15968 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15969 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15970 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15971 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15973 \(fn)" nil nil)
15975 ;;;***
15977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21678 60839
15978 ;;;;;; 481747 492000))
15979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15981 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15984 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15986 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15988 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15990 ;;;***
15992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21678 60839
15993 ;;;;;; 349742 188000))
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15995 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15997 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15998 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15999 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16001 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16003 ;;;***
16005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21678
16006 ;;;;;; 60839 769759 66000))
16007 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16009 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16010 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16012 \(fn)" t nil)
16014 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16015 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16017 \(fn)" t nil)
16019 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16022 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16024 ;;;***
16026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 20340 942139
16027 ;;;;;; 827000))
16028 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16029 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16031 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16032 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16033 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16034 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16035 accessed via isearchb.
16037 \(fn)" t nil)
16039 ;;;***
16041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21678
16042 ;;;;;; 60839 769759 66000))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16045 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16047 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16048 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16049 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16053 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16055 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16056 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16061 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16063 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16064 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16065 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16067 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16069 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16070 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16071 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16072 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16073 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16075 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16077 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16078 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16079 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16080 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16081 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16083 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16085 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16086 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16087 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16088 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16089 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16091 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16093 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16094 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16095 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16096 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16097 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16099 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16101 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16102 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16103 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16104 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16106 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16108 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16109 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16110 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16111 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16113 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16115 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16116 Warn that format is read-only.
16118 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16120 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16121 Warn that format is write-only.
16123 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16125 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16126 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16128 \(fn)" t nil)
16130 ;;;***
16132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16133 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 769759 66000))
16134 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16135 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16136 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16138 ;;;***
16140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21756 63738
16141 ;;;;;; 22469 950000))
16142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16144 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16146 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16147 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16148 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16149 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16150 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16152 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16154 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16156 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16157 Key map for ispell menu.")
16159 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16160 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16161 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16162 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16164 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16166 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16168 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16170 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16172 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16173 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16174 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16175 Valid forms include:
16176 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16177 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16178 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16179 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16181 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16182 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16183 First list is used raw.
16184 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16186 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16187 for skipping in latex mode.")
16189 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16190 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16191 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16192 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16193 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16194 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16195 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16197 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16198 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16199 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16200 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16202 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16203 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16204 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16205 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16206 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16208 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16209 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16211 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16212 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16214 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16215 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16217 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16218 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16220 Return values:
16221 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16222 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16223 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16224 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16225 quit spell session exited.
16227 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16229 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16230 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16231 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16233 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16235 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16236 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16238 Selections are:
16240 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16241 SPC: Accept word this time.
16242 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16243 `a': Accept word for this session.
16244 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16245 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16246 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16247 `?': Show these commands.
16248 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16249 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16250 the aborted check to be completed later.
16251 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16252 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16253 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16254 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16255 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16256 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16257 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16259 \(fn)" nil nil)
16261 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16262 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16263 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16264 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16266 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16268 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16269 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16270 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16271 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16273 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16275 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16277 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16278 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16279 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16280 amount for last line processed.
16282 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16284 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16285 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16287 \(fn)" t nil)
16289 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16290 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16292 \(fn)" t nil)
16294 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16295 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16296 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16298 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16300 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16301 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16303 \(fn)" t nil)
16305 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16306 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16307 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16308 sequence inside of a word.
16310 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16312 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16314 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16315 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16317 \(fn)" t nil)
16319 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16320 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16321 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16322 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16324 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16325 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16326 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16327 available on the net.
16329 \(fn)" t nil)
16331 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16332 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16333 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16334 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16335 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16337 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16338 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16339 spelled.
16341 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16342 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16343 SPC.
16345 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16346 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16350 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16351 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16352 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16353 Don't check included messages.
16355 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16356 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16357 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16359 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16360 in your init file:
16361 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16362 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16363 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16364 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16366 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16367 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16368 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16370 \(fn)" t nil)
16372 ;;;***
16374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21678
16375 ;;;;;; 60839 817760 994000))
16376 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16378 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16381 \(fn)" nil nil)
16383 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16384 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16385 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16386 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16387 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16388 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16389 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16390 necessary to represent OBJ.
16392 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16394 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16395 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16396 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16397 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16399 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16401 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16402 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16403 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16404 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16405 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16407 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16409 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16410 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16411 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16412 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16414 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16416 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16417 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16418 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16419 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16421 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16423 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16424 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16426 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16428 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16429 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16430 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16431 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16432 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16434 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16436 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16437 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16438 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16439 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16440 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16442 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16444 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16445 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16446 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16448 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16450 ;;;***
16452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21678 60839 793760
16453 ;;;;;; 30000))
16454 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16456 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16457 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16458 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16459 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16461 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16464 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16466 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16467 Uninstall jka-compr.
16468 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16469 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16470 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16472 \(fn)" nil nil)
16474 ;;;***
16476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21790 46509 351608
16477 ;;;;;; 183000))
16478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16479 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16481 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16482 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16484 \(fn)" t nil)
16485 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16487 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16489 ;;;***
16491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21779 20029 611175 954000))
16492 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16493 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16495 ;;;***
16497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21678 60839
16498 ;;;;;; 505748 457000))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16501 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16502 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16503 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16504 decimal key must be specified.")
16506 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16508 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16509 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16510 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16511 decimal key must be specified.")
16513 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16515 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16516 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16517 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16518 decimal key must be specified.")
16520 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16522 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16523 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16524 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16525 decimal key must be specified.")
16527 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16529 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16530 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16531 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16532 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16533 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16534 keys are bound.
16536 Setup Binding
16537 -------------------------------------------------------------
16538 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16539 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16540 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16541 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16542 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16543 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16544 in the global and local keymaps.
16546 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16547 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16549 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16551 ;;;***
16553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21678
16554 ;;;;;; 60839 773759 227000))
16555 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16557 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16558 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16559 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16561 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16562 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16563 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16564 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16565 shorter.
16567 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16568 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16569 the context of text formatting.
16571 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16573 ;;;***
16575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21678 60839 773759
16576 ;;;;;; 227000))
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16579 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16580 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16581 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16582 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16583 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16584 positions that contains the current selection.")
16586 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16587 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16588 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16589 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16590 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16591 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16592 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16594 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16596 ;;;***
16598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21678 60839 793760 30000))
16599 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16600 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16601 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16602 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16603 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16604 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16605 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16606 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16608 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16609 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16610 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16612 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16614 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16615 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16616 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16617 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16618 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16620 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16622 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16623 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16624 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16626 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16627 defining the macro.
16629 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16630 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16631 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16633 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16634 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16638 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16639 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16640 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16641 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16642 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16643 under that name.
16645 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16646 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16647 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16651 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16652 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16653 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16654 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16656 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16657 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16658 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16659 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16661 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16662 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16664 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16666 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16667 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16668 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16670 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16671 macro.
16673 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16674 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16676 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16677 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16678 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16680 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16681 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16685 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16686 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16687 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16688 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16690 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16692 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16693 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16694 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16695 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16697 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16698 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16700 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16702 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16703 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16704 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16706 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16708 ;;;***
16710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21678
16711 ;;;;;; 60839 817760 994000))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16714 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16715 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16716 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16718 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16721 \(fn)" nil nil)
16723 ;;;***
16725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21678 60840
16726 ;;;;;; 209776 710000))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16728 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16730 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16732 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16733 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16735 \(fn)" t nil)
16737 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16738 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16739 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16740 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16742 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16743 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16744 none / 1 | yes | no
16745 2 | yes | yes
16746 3 | no | yes
16747 4 | no | no
16749 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16750 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16751 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16753 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16755 ;;;***
16757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21678 60839
16758 ;;;;;; 817760 994000))
16759 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16761 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16764 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16766 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16767 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16768 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16769 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16770 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16771 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16773 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16774 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16776 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16778 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16779 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16781 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16783 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16786 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16788 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16791 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16793 ;;;***
16795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21678
16796 ;;;;;; 60839 773759 227000))
16797 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16799 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16800 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16801 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16802 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16804 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16806 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16807 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16808 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16810 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16812 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16813 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16814 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16816 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16818 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16819 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16820 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16821 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16823 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16825 ;;;***
16827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16828 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 773759 227000))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16831 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16832 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16833 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16834 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16835 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16836 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16837 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16838 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16840 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16841 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16844 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16846 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16848 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16849 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16850 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16851 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16852 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16853 `latin1-display-setup'.
16855 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16857 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16858 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16859 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16860 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16863 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16865 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16867 ;;;***
16869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21678
16870 ;;;;;; 60840 317781 30000))
16871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16873 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16874 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16876 \(fn)" t nil)
16878 ;;;***
16880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21678 60839 865762
16881 ;;;;;; 924000))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16883 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16885 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16886 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16887 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16888 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16890 For instance, the following code
16892 (let-alist alist
16893 (if (and .title .body)
16894 .body
16895 .site
16896 .site.contents))
16898 essentially expands to
16900 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16901 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16902 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16903 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16904 (if (and .title .body)
16905 .body
16906 .site
16907 .site.contents))
16909 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16910 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16911 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16912 displayed in the example above.
16914 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16916 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16918 ;;;***
16920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21678 60840 209776 710000))
16921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16923 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16924 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16925 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16926 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16927 generations (this defaults to 1).
16929 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16931 ;;;***
16933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21678 60839 865762 924000))
16934 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16935 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16937 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16938 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16940 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16941 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16943 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16947 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16948 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16949 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16952 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16954 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16956 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16957 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16958 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16959 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16960 ARG is omitted or nil.
16962 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16963 `linum-on' would do it.
16964 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16968 ;;;***
16970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21678 60839 865762
16971 ;;;;;; 924000))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16974 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16975 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16976 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16977 is nil, raise an error.
16979 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16980 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16981 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16982 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16983 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16984 defined by the library.
16986 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16987 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16988 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16989 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16990 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16991 proceeds.
16993 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16994 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16995 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16996 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16998 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17000 ;;;***
17002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21678 60839 865762 924000))
17003 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17005 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17006 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17007 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17009 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17011 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17012 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17013 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17014 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17016 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17017 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17018 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17019 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17020 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17021 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17022 the version.)
17024 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17025 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17027 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17028 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17030 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17031 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17033 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17035 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17036 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17037 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17038 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17039 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17040 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17041 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17042 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17043 to constrain a big search.
17045 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17047 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17048 except that FILTER is not optional.
17050 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17052 ;;;***
17054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21803 61751 305340
17055 ;;;;;; 145000))
17056 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17058 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17059 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17060 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17061 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17062 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17063 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17064 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17065 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17066 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17067 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17069 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17070 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17071 associated values:
17072 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17073 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17074 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17075 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17076 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17078 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17079 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17080 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17082 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17084 ;;;***
17086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21678 60840 529789
17087 ;;;;;; 511000))
17088 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17090 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17091 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17093 \(fn)" t nil)
17095 ;;;***
17097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21678 60839 865762 924000))
17098 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17100 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17101 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17103 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17104 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17106 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17107 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17108 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17110 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17111 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17113 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17114 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17115 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17116 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17117 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17118 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17119 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17121 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17123 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17124 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17125 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17126 switch on this list.
17127 See `lpr-command'.")
17129 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17131 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17132 Name of program for printing a file.
17134 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17135 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17136 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17137 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17138 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17139 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17140 argument.")
17142 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17144 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17145 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17146 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17147 for customization of the printer command.
17149 \(fn)" t nil)
17151 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17152 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17154 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17155 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17156 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17157 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17159 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17160 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17162 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17163 for further customization of the printer command.
17165 \(fn)" t nil)
17167 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17168 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17169 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17170 for customization of the printer command.
17172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17174 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17175 Paginate and print the region contents.
17177 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17178 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17179 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17180 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17182 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17183 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17185 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17186 for further customization of the printer command.
17188 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17190 ;;;***
17192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21678 60839 865762
17193 ;;;;;; 924000))
17194 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17196 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17197 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17198 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17200 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17202 ;;;***
17204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21678 60839 321741
17205 ;;;;;; 62000))
17206 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17208 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17209 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17210 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17211 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17215 ;;;***
17217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21678 60840
17218 ;;;;;; 317781 30000))
17219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17221 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17222 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17224 \(fn)" t nil)
17226 ;;;***
17228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21678 60839 869763 84000))
17229 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17231 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17232 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17233 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17234 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17235 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17237 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17239 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17240 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17241 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17242 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17243 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17245 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17246 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17247 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17248 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17249 bindings.
17251 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17252 use this command, and then save the file.
17254 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17256 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17257 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17258 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17259 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17260 each time the macro executes.
17261 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17262 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17263 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17264 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17265 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17266 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17267 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17269 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17271 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17272 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17273 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17274 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17276 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17277 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17278 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17279 execute.
17281 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17282 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17284 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17285 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17286 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17287 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17288 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17290 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17291 looked like this:
17293 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17294 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17295 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17297 You could enter the names in this format:
17303 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17305 \\C-x (
17306 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17307 \\C-x )
17309 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17310 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17312 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17313 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17315 ;;;***
17317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21678 60839
17318 ;;;;;; 869763 84000))
17319 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17321 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17322 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17323 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17324 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17325 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17326 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17328 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17329 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17330 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17331 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17332 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17334 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17335 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17336 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17337 consing a string.)
17339 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17341 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17342 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17344 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17346 ;;;***
17348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21678 60839
17349 ;;;;;; 873763 245000))
17350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17352 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17353 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17355 \(fn)" nil nil)
17357 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17360 \(fn)" nil nil)
17362 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17363 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17365 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17367 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17368 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17369 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17370 message.
17372 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17374 \(fn)" nil nil)
17376 ;;;***
17378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21678 60839
17379 ;;;;;; 873763 245000))
17380 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17382 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17383 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17384 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17385 often correct parser.")
17387 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17389 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17390 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17391 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17392 a value which excludes your own email address.
17394 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17395 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17397 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17399 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17400 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17402 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17404 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17405 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17406 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17407 we return it unconverted.
17409 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17410 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17412 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17414 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17415 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17416 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17417 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17419 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17421 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17422 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17423 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17424 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17426 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17428 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17429 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17430 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17431 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17432 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17433 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17434 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17435 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17436 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17437 as Rmail does.
17439 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17441 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17442 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17443 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17444 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17445 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17446 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17447 matches may be returned from the message body.
17449 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17451 ;;;***
17453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21678 60839
17454 ;;;;;; 873763 245000))
17455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17457 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17458 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17459 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17462 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17464 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17466 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17467 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17469 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17470 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17472 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17473 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17474 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17475 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17479 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17480 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17482 \(fn)" nil nil)
17484 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17485 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17486 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17488 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17490 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17491 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17492 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17494 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17495 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17496 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17497 double-quotes.
17499 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17501 ;;;***
17503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21678 60839
17504 ;;;;;; 873763 245000))
17505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17507 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17508 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17509 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17510 king@grassland.com
17511 If `parens', they look like:
17512 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17513 If `angles', they look like:
17514 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17516 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17518 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17519 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17520 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17521 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17522 their `Resent-' variants.
17524 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17525 removed from alias expansions.
17527 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17529 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17530 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17531 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17533 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17534 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17535 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17536 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17538 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17540 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17541 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17542 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17544 \(fn)" nil nil)
17546 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17547 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17548 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17549 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17551 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17553 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17555 ;;;***
17557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21678 60839
17558 ;;;;;; 873763 245000))
17559 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17561 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17562 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17563 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17564 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17566 \(fn)" nil nil)
17568 ;;;***
17570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21678
17571 ;;;;;; 60840 321781 190000))
17572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17574 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17575 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17577 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17578 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17579 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17580 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17581 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17582 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17584 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17585 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17586 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17587 dependency, despite the colon.
17589 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17591 In the browser, use the following keys:
17593 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17595 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17597 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17598 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17600 `makefile-target-colon':
17601 The string that gets appended to all target names
17602 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17603 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17605 `makefile-macro-assign':
17606 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17607 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17608 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17609 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17610 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17611 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17613 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17614 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17615 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17617 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17618 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17620 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17621 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17622 up or down in the browser.
17624 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17625 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17627 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17628 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17630 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17631 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17632 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17633 has been selected in the browser.
17635 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17636 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17637 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17638 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17639 filenames are omitted.
17641 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17642 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17643 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17644 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17645 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17646 the backslash itself intact.
17647 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17648 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17650 `makefile-browser-hook':
17651 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17652 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17654 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17655 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17656 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17657 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17659 \(fn)" t nil)
17661 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17662 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17664 \(fn)" t nil)
17666 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17667 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17669 \(fn)" t nil)
17671 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17672 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17674 \(fn)" t nil)
17676 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17677 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17679 \(fn)" t nil)
17681 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17682 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17684 \(fn)" t nil)
17686 ;;;***
17688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21678 60839 893764
17689 ;;;;;; 49000))
17690 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17692 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17693 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17694 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17696 \(fn)" t nil)
17698 ;;;***
17700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21678 60839 893764 49000))
17701 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17703 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17705 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17706 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17707 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17708 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17709 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17710 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17711 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17712 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17713 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17714 without running the man command.
17716 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17717 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17718 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17720 cat(1)
17721 1 cat
17723 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17724 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17725 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17726 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17728 -a chmod
17730 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17731 otherwise look like a page name.
17733 /my/file/name.1.gz
17734 -l somefile.1
17736 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17737 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17738 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17740 -k pattern
17742 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17744 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17745 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17747 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17749 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17750 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17752 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17754 ;;;***
17756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21678 60839 893764 49000))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17758 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17760 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17761 Toggle Master mode.
17762 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17763 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17764 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17766 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17767 using the following commands:
17769 \\{master-mode-map}
17771 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17772 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17773 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17777 ;;;***
17779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21678 60839 893764
17780 ;;;;;; 49000))
17781 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17783 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17784 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17785 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17788 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17790 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17792 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17793 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17795 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17796 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17798 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17799 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17800 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17801 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17805 ;;;***
17807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21678 60839 897764 210000))
17808 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17809 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17811 ;;;***
17813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21803 61751 293340
17814 ;;;;;; 642000))
17815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17817 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17819 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17820 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17821 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17822 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17823 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17824 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17825 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17826 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17827 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17828 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17829 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17830 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17831 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17832 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17833 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17834 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17835 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17836 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17837 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17838 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17839 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17840 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17841 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17842 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17843 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17844 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17845 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17846 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17847 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17848 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17849 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17850 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17851 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17852 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17853 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17854 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17855 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17856 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17858 \(fn)" t nil)
17860 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17861 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17862 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17863 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17864 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17866 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17868 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17869 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17871 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17873 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17874 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17876 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17878 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17879 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17881 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17883 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17884 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17885 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17887 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17889 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17890 Cancel an article you posted.
17891 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17895 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17896 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17897 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17898 header line with the old Message-ID.
17900 \(fn)" t nil)
17902 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17903 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17908 Forward the current message via mail.
17909 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17910 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17912 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17914 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17917 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17919 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17922 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17924 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17925 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17927 \(fn)" t nil)
17929 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17930 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17932 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17934 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17935 Re-mail the current message.
17936 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17937 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17938 you.
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17942 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17943 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17945 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17947 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17948 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17950 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17952 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17953 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17955 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17957 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17958 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17960 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17962 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17963 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17964 Works by overstriking characters.
17965 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17966 which specify the range to operate on.
17968 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17970 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17971 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17972 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17973 which specify the range to operate on.
17975 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17977 ;;;***
17979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21678
17980 ;;;;;; 60840 321781 190000))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17982 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17984 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17985 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17987 \(fn)" t nil)
17989 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17990 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17992 \(fn)" t nil)
17994 ;;;***
17996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21678 60839
17997 ;;;;;; 873763 245000))
17998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18000 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18001 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18002 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18004 \(fn)" t nil)
18006 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18007 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18008 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18009 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18010 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18011 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18012 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18014 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18016 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18017 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18018 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18019 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18020 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18021 means current).
18022 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18023 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18025 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18027 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18028 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18029 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18030 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18031 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18032 means current).
18033 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18034 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18036 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18038 ;;;***
18040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21678 60839 913764
18041 ;;;;;; 853000))
18042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18044 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18045 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18046 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18048 \(fn)" t nil)
18050 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18051 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18052 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18054 \(fn)" t nil)
18056 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18057 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18059 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18060 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18061 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18063 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18064 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18066 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18067 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18069 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18071 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18073 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18074 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18075 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18076 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18077 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18078 as `compose-mail'.
18080 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18081 initial Subject field, respectively.
18083 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18084 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18085 are strings.
18087 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18088 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18090 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18092 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18093 Save draft and send message.
18095 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18096 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18097 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18098 Mail Delivery*\".
18100 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18101 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18102 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18104 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18105 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18106 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18107 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18108 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18109 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18111 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18112 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18114 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18115 message and scan line.
18117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18119 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18120 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18122 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18123 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18124 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18125 delete the draft message.
18127 \(fn)" t nil)
18129 ;;;***
18131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21678 60839 917765 13000))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18133 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18135 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18137 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18139 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18141 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18142 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18144 \(fn)" t nil)
18146 ;;;***
18148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21678 60839
18149 ;;;;;; 917765 13000))
18150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18152 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18153 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18154 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18156 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18157 the MH mail system.
18159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18161 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18162 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18163 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18165 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18166 the MH mail system.
18168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18170 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18171 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18173 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18174 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18175 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18176 separate command.
18178 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18179 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18180 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18181 format.
18183 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18185 Ranges
18186 ======
18187 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18188 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18189 can be used in several ways.
18191 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18192 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18193 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18194 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18195 page):
18197 <num1>-<num2>
18198 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18199 The range must be nonempty.
18201 <num>:N
18202 <num>:+N
18203 <num>:-N
18204 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18205 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18206 last.
18208 first:N
18209 prev:N
18210 next:N
18211 last:N
18212 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18215 All of the messages.
18217 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18218 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18220 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18221 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18222 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18224 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18226 \(fn)" t nil)
18228 ;;;***
18230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21678 60839 937765
18231 ;;;;;; 817000))
18232 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18234 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18235 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18236 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18237 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18238 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18239 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18240 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18241 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18242 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18243 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18244 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18246 \(fn)" t nil)
18248 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18249 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18250 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18251 to its second argument TM.
18253 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18255 ;;;***
18257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21678 60839
18258 ;;;;;; 937765 817000))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18261 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18262 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18263 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18266 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18268 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18270 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18271 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18272 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18273 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18274 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18276 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18277 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18278 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18279 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18280 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18281 is modified to remove the default indication.
18283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18285 ;;;***
18287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21678 60839 941765 977000))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18290 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18291 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18292 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18293 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18294 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18295 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18296 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18297 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18298 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18300 \(fn)" t nil)
18302 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18303 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18304 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18305 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18306 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18307 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18308 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18309 The return value is always nil.
18311 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18313 ;;;***
18315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 54705 52905
18316 ;;;;;; 188000))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18318 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18320 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18321 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18323 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18324 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18325 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18326 next occurrence.
18328 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18329 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18330 end of the search space).
18332 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18333 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18334 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18335 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18336 should return the previous buffer to search.
18338 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18339 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18340 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18342 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18343 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18344 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18345 Isearch starts.")
18347 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18348 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18349 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18351 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18352 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18353 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18355 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18356 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18358 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18359 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18360 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18362 \(fn)" nil nil)
18364 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18365 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18366 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18367 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18368 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18369 whose names match the specified regexp.
18371 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18373 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18374 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18375 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18376 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18377 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18378 whose names match the specified regexp.
18380 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18382 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18383 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18384 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18385 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18386 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18387 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18388 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18390 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18392 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18393 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18394 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18395 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18396 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18397 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18398 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18400 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18402 ;;;***
18404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21678
18405 ;;;;;; 60840 321781 190000))
18406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18407 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18409 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18410 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18412 \(fn)" t nil)
18414 ;;;***
18416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21678 60839
18417 ;;;;;; 697756 173000))
18418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18420 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18421 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18423 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18425 ;;;***
18427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21678 60839
18428 ;;;;;; 697756 173000))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18431 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18432 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18434 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18436 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18437 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18438 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18439 the entire message.
18440 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18442 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18444 ;;;***
18446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21678 60839
18447 ;;;;;; 697756 173000))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18450 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18451 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18452 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18453 the entire message.
18454 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18456 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18458 ;;;***
18460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21678 60839 697756
18461 ;;;;;; 173000))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18464 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18465 Insert file contents of URL.
18466 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18468 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18470 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18471 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18473 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18475 ;;;***
18477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21678 60839 697756
18478 ;;;;;; 173000))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18481 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18482 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18483 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18484 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18485 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18487 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18489 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18490 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18491 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18493 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18495 ;;;***
18497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21678 60839 701756 333000))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18500 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18501 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18503 \(fn)" nil nil)
18505 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18506 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18507 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18508 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18509 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18511 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18512 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18513 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18514 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18515 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18516 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18518 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18520 ;;;***
18522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21678 60839 701756
18523 ;;;;;; 333000))
18524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18526 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18529 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18531 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18534 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18536 ;;;***
18538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21678 60839 701756
18539 ;;;;;; 333000))
18540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18542 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18545 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18547 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18550 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18552 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18555 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18557 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18560 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18562 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18565 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18567 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18570 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18572 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18575 \(fn)" nil nil)
18577 ;;;***
18579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21678 60839
18580 ;;;;;; 349742 188000))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18583 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18585 ;;;***
18587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21605 26937
18588 ;;;;;; 524012 932000))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18591 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18593 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18594 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18595 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18596 followed by the first character of the construct.
18597 \\<m2-mode-map>
18598 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18599 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18600 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18601 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18602 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18603 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18604 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18605 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18606 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18607 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18608 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18609 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18610 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18611 \\[m2-link] link
18613 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18614 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18615 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18617 \(fn)" t nil)
18619 ;;;***
18621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21678 60840 209776
18622 ;;;;;; 710000))
18623 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18625 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18626 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18628 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18630 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18631 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18633 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18635 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18636 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18638 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18640 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18641 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18643 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18645 ;;;***
18647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21678 60839 949766
18648 ;;;;;; 299000))
18649 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18651 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18652 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18654 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18655 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18656 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18658 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18659 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18660 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18662 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18663 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18665 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18666 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18667 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18668 hemisphere you're in.)
18670 To test this function, evaluate:
18671 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18673 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18675 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18676 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18678 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18679 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18681 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18682 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18683 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18685 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18686 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18688 To test this function, evaluate:
18689 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18691 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18693 ;;;***
18695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21678 60839 953766 460000))
18696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18698 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18699 Main entry point for MPC.
18701 \(fn)" t nil)
18703 ;;;***
18705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21678 60840 209776 710000))
18706 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18708 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18709 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18711 \(fn)" t nil)
18713 ;;;***
18715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21678 60839 953766 460000))
18716 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18718 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18719 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18720 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18723 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18725 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18727 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18728 Toggle Msb mode.
18729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18730 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18731 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18733 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18734 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18738 ;;;***
18740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21678
18741 ;;;;;; 60839 777759 387000))
18742 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18744 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18745 Display a list of all character sets.
18747 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18748 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18749 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18750 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18751 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18753 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18754 but still shows the full information.
18756 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18758 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18759 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18760 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18762 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18763 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18764 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18765 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18766 meanings of these arguments.
18768 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18770 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18771 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18773 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18775 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18776 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18778 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18780 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18781 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18783 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18785 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18786 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18788 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18789 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18790 in place of `..':
18791 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18792 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18793 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18794 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18795 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18796 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18797 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18798 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18799 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18800 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18801 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18802 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18803 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18804 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18805 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18806 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18808 \(fn)" t nil)
18810 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18811 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18813 \(fn)" t nil)
18815 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18816 Display a list of all coding systems.
18817 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18819 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18820 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18824 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18825 Display a list of all coding categories.
18827 \(fn)" nil nil)
18829 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18830 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18831 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18833 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18835 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18836 Display information about FONTSET.
18837 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18839 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18841 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18842 Display a list of all fontsets.
18843 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18844 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18845 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18849 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18850 Display information about all input methods.
18852 \(fn)" t nil)
18854 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18855 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18857 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18858 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18859 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18860 system which uses fontsets).
18862 \(fn)" t nil)
18864 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18865 Show log of font listing and opening.
18866 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18867 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18869 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18871 ;;;***
18873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21678
18874 ;;;;;; 60839 781759 548000))
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18877 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18878 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18880 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18881 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18883 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18884 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18886 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18888 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18889 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18890 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18891 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18892 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18893 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18894 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18896 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18897 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18898 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18899 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18900 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18901 middle of a character in STR.
18903 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18904 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18906 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18907 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18908 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18909 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18910 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18912 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18914 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18915 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18917 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18918 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18919 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18921 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18922 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18923 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18925 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18926 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18927 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18928 are considered.
18929 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18930 longer than KEYSEQ.
18931 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18933 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18935 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18936 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18937 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18938 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18939 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18940 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18941 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18942 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18943 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18944 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18945 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18947 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18949 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18950 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18952 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18954 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18955 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18957 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18959 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18960 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18962 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18964 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18965 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18967 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18969 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18970 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18971 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18972 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18973 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18975 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18976 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18978 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18979 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18980 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18981 coding systems ordered by priority.
18983 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18985 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18987 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18988 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18989 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18990 language environment LANG-ENV.
18992 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18994 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18995 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18996 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18997 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18998 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18999 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19001 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19003 ;;;***
19005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21706 14224
19006 ;;;;;; 285958 900000))
19007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19009 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19010 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19012 \(fn)" t nil)
19014 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19015 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19017 \(fn)" t nil)
19019 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19020 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19022 \(fn)" t nil)
19024 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19025 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19027 \(fn)" t nil)
19029 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19030 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19032 \(fn)" t nil)
19034 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19035 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19037 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19039 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19040 Ping HOST.
19041 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19042 `ping-program-options'.
19044 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19046 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19047 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19049 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19051 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19052 Run nslookup program.
19054 \(fn)" t nil)
19056 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19057 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19059 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19061 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19062 Run dig program.
19064 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19066 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19067 Run ftp program.
19069 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19071 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19072 Finger USER on HOST.
19074 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19076 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19077 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19078 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19079 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19081 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19083 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19086 \(fn)" t nil)
19088 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19089 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19091 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19093 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19094 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19096 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19098 ;;;***
19100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21678 60839 973767
19101 ;;;;;; 264000))
19102 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19104 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19105 Return a user name/password pair.
19106 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19107 listed in the PORTS list.
19109 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19111 ;;;***
19113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21718
19114 ;;;;;; 7576 278960 757000))
19115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19117 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19118 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19119 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19120 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19121 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19122 closes it.
19124 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19125 make it unique.
19126 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19127 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19128 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19129 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19130 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19131 a port number to connect to.
19133 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19134 values:
19136 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19137 nil or `network'
19138 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19139 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19140 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19141 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19142 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19143 an unencrypted connection.
19144 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19145 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19146 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19147 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19148 returned object is a killed process.
19149 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19150 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19151 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19153 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19154 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19155 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19156 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19157 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19158 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19159 or nil if none could be found.
19160 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19161 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19163 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19165 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19166 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19167 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19169 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19170 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19171 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19173 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19174 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19175 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19177 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19178 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19179 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19180 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19182 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19183 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19185 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19186 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19187 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19188 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19189 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19190 or STARTTLS connections.
19192 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19193 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19195 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19196 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19198 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19199 a greeting from the server.
19201 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19202 asynchronously, if possible.
19204 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19206 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19208 ;;;***
19210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21678
19211 ;;;;;; 60839 977767 424000))
19212 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19214 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19215 Check whether newsticker is running.
19216 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19217 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19219 \(fn)" nil nil)
19221 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19222 Start the newsticker.
19223 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19224 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19225 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19226 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19228 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19230 ;;;***
19232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19233 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 977767 424000))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19236 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19237 Start newsticker plainview.
19239 \(fn)" t nil)
19241 ;;;***
19243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21678
19244 ;;;;;; 60839 977767 424000))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19247 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19248 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19250 \(fn)" t nil)
19252 ;;;***
19254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21678
19255 ;;;;;; 60839 977767 424000))
19256 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19258 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19259 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19260 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19261 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19262 empty.
19264 \(fn)" nil nil)
19266 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19267 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19268 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19269 running already.
19271 \(fn)" t nil)
19273 ;;;***
19275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21678
19276 ;;;;;; 60839 981767 585000))
19277 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19279 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19280 Start newsticker treeview.
19282 \(fn)" t nil)
19284 ;;;***
19286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21678 60839 705756
19287 ;;;;;; 494000))
19288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19290 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19291 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19293 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19295 ;;;***
19297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21678 60839 705756
19298 ;;;;;; 494000))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19301 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19302 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19303 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19304 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19305 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19306 symbol in the alist.
19308 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19310 ;;;***
19312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21678 60839
19313 ;;;;;; 709756 654000))
19314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19316 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19317 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19318 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19320 \(fn)" t nil)
19322 ;;;***
19324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21678 60839 717756 976000))
19325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19327 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19328 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19330 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19332 ;;;***
19334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21678 60840 13768 869000))
19335 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19337 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19339 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19340 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19341 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19343 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19346 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19348 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19349 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19350 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19351 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19352 to future sessions.
19354 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19356 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19357 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19358 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19359 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19360 future sessions.
19362 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19364 ;;;***
19366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21678
19367 ;;;;;; 60840 457786 630000))
19368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19370 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19371 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19372 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19373 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19374 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19375 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19377 \(fn)" t nil)
19379 ;;;***
19381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21678 60839 981767 585000))
19382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19383 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19385 ;;;***
19387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21678 60840
19388 ;;;;;; 13768 869000))
19389 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19391 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19392 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19393 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19394 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19396 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19398 ;;;***
19400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21678 60840
19401 ;;;;;; 17769 29000))
19402 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19404 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19405 Major mode for editing XML.
19407 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19408 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19409 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19410 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19411 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19412 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19413 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19415 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19417 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19418 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19420 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19421 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19422 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19423 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19424 instead of C-c.
19426 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19427 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19428 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19429 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19430 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19431 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19433 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19434 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19435 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19437 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19438 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19439 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19441 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19442 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19443 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19444 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19445 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19446 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19447 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19448 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19449 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19451 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19453 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19454 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19456 \(fn)" t nil)
19457 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19459 ;;;***
19461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21678 60840
19462 ;;;;;; 17769 29000))
19463 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19465 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19466 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19467 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19468 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19470 \(fn)" t nil)
19472 ;;;***
19474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21694 48017
19475 ;;;;;; 610101 961000))
19476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19478 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19479 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19481 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19482 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19483 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19484 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19486 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19488 Key bindings:
19489 \\{octave-mode-map}
19491 \(fn)" t nil)
19493 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19494 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19495 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19497 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19499 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19500 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19502 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19503 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19504 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19508 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19510 ;;;***
19512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21678 60840
19513 ;;;;;; 325781 350000))
19514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19516 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19518 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19519 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19520 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19521 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19522 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19524 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19526 Customization:
19528 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19529 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19530 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19531 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19532 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19533 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19534 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19535 Directories to search when finding external units.
19536 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19537 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19539 Coloring:
19541 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19542 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19544 \(fn)" t nil)
19546 ;;;***
19548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21804 3763 242436 828000))
19549 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19551 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19552 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19554 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19556 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19557 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19558 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19559 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19560 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19561 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19563 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19565 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19566 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19567 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19568 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19569 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19571 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19573 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19574 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19576 \(fn)" nil nil)
19578 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19579 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19581 \(fn)" nil nil)
19583 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19584 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19585 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19587 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19588 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19589 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19590 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19591 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19592 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19593 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19594 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19595 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19596 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19598 The following commands are available:
19600 \\{org-mode-map}
19602 \(fn)" t nil)
19604 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19605 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19607 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19608 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19609 in special contexts.
19611 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19612 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19613 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19614 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19615 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19616 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19617 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19618 properties in the buffer.
19619 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19620 including any drawers.
19622 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19624 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19625 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19626 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19627 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19628 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19629 and zoom in further.
19630 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19631 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19633 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19634 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19635 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19636 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19637 times right after creating a new headline.
19639 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19640 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19641 is negative, go up that many levels.
19643 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19644 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19645 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19647 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19648 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19649 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19650 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19654 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19655 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19656 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19657 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19660 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19662 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19663 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19664 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19665 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19666 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19667 defined by Org-mode).
19669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19671 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19672 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19674 \(fn)" nil nil)
19676 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19677 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19679 \(fn)" nil nil)
19681 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19682 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19683 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19684 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19685 call CMD.
19687 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19689 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19690 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19691 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19692 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19694 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19695 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19696 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19698 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19699 part of Org's core.
19701 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19702 active region.
19704 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19706 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19707 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19708 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19710 \(fn)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19713 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19714 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19715 Org-mode syntax.
19717 \(fn)" t nil)
19719 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19720 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19722 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19724 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19725 Switch between Org buffers.
19726 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19727 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19729 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19730 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19734 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19736 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19738 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19739 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19740 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19741 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19743 \(fn)" t nil)
19745 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19746 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19748 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19750 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19751 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19752 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19754 \(fn)" t nil)
19756 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19757 Reload all org lisp files.
19758 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19760 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19762 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19763 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19765 \(fn)" t nil)
19767 ;;;***
19769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21804 3763
19770 ;;;;;; 222437 179000))
19771 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19773 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19774 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19778 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19779 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19780 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19781 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19783 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19784 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19785 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19786 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19787 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19788 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19789 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19790 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19791 e Export views to associated files.
19792 s Search entries for keywords.
19793 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19794 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19795 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19796 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19797 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19798 > Remove a previous restriction.
19799 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19800 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19801 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19803 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19804 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19805 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19807 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19808 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19809 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19810 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19811 \(if active).
19813 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19815 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19816 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19817 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19818 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19819 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19820 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19821 before running the agenda command.
19823 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19825 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19826 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19827 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19828 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19829 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19830 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19831 before running the agenda command.
19833 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19834 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19836 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19838 category The category of the item
19839 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19840 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19841 todo selected in TODO match
19842 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19843 diary imported from diary
19844 deadline a deadline on given date
19845 scheduled scheduled on given date
19846 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19847 closed entry was closed on given date
19848 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19849 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19850 block entry has date block including g. date
19851 todo The todo keyword, if any
19852 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19853 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19854 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19855 extra Sting with extra planning info
19856 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19857 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19858 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19860 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19862 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19863 Store agenda views.
19865 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19867 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19868 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19870 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19872 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19873 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19874 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19875 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19877 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19878 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19879 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19881 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19882 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19884 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19885 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19887 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19889 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19890 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19892 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19893 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19894 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19895 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19896 EDIT-AT.
19898 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19899 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19900 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19901 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19902 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19903 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19905 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19906 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19907 including newlines.
19909 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19910 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19911 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19912 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19913 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19914 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19915 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19917 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19918 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19919 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19920 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19922 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19923 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19924 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19925 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19926 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19927 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19928 Boolean search must match as full words.
19930 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19931 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19933 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19935 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19936 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19937 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19938 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19939 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19940 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19944 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19945 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19946 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19948 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19950 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19951 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19952 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19953 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19954 `org-stuck-projects'.
19956 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19958 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19959 Return diary information from org files.
19960 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19961 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19962 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19963 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19964 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19966 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19968 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19970 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19971 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19973 &%%(org-diary)
19975 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19976 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19977 So the example above may also be written as
19979 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19981 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19982 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19983 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19985 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19987 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19988 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19990 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19992 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19993 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19994 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19995 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19996 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19998 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20000 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20001 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20002 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20004 \(fn)" t nil)
20006 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20007 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20008 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20009 appointments.
20011 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20012 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20014 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20015 for filtering entries out.
20017 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20018 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20019 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20021 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20022 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20024 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20025 (category \"Work\"))
20027 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20028 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20030 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20031 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20032 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20033 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20034 details and examples.
20036 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20037 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20039 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20041 ;;;***
20043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21678 60840
20044 ;;;;;; 117773 29000))
20045 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20047 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20048 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20050 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20052 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20053 Capture something.
20054 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20055 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20056 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20057 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20058 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20059 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20061 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20062 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20063 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20064 stored.
20066 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20068 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20069 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20070 will be bypassed.
20072 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20073 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20074 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20075 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20077 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20079 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20080 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20082 \(fn)" t nil)
20084 ;;;***
20086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21804 3763
20087 ;;;;;; 222437 179000))
20088 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20090 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20091 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20093 \(fn)" t nil)
20095 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20098 \(fn)" nil nil)
20100 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20101 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20102 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20104 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20106 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20107 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20109 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20111 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20112 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20114 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20116 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20117 Write the column view table.
20118 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20120 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20121 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20122 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20123 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20124 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20125 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20126 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20127 using `org-id-find'.
20128 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20129 a hline before each level <= that number.
20130 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20131 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20132 :skip-empty-rows
20133 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20134 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20136 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20138 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20139 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20141 \(fn)" t nil)
20143 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20144 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20146 \(fn)" t nil)
20148 ;;;***
20150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21678 60840
20151 ;;;;;; 121773 189000))
20152 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20154 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20155 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20157 \(fn)" nil t)
20159 ;;;***
20161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21678 60840 137773
20162 ;;;;;; 829000))
20163 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20165 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20166 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20168 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20170 ;;;***
20172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21605 26937
20173 ;;;;;; 304017 159000))
20174 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20176 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20177 The release version of org-mode.
20178 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20180 \(fn)" nil nil)
20182 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20183 The Git version of org-mode.
20184 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20186 \(fn)" nil nil)
20188 ;;;***
20190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21719 45321 591080
20191 ;;;;;; 883000))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20193 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20194 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20196 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20197 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20198 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20199 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20201 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20202 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20203 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20204 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20206 \\{outline-mode-map}
20207 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20208 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20209 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20210 are used when point is on a heading line.
20212 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20213 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20214 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20216 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20217 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20219 \(fn)" t nil)
20221 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20222 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20227 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20230 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20232 ;;;***
20234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21803 61751
20235 ;;;;;; 265341 801000))
20236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20237 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20239 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20240 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20241 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20242 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20243 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20245 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20246 activate the package system at any time.")
20248 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20250 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20251 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20252 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20253 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20254 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20255 it to the file.
20257 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20259 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20260 Import keys from FILE.
20262 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20264 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20265 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20266 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20267 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20268 and make them available for download.
20269 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20270 downloads in the background.
20272 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20274 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20275 Install the package PKG.
20276 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20277 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20279 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20280 `package-selected-packages'.
20281 If ASYNC is non-nil, perform the downloads asynchronously.
20282 If CALLBACK is non-nil, call it with no arguments once the
20283 entire operation is done.
20285 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20286 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20288 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT ASYNC CALLBACK)" t nil)
20290 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20291 Install a package from the current buffer.
20292 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20293 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20294 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20296 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20297 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20298 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20300 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20302 \(fn)" t nil)
20304 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20305 Install a package from a file.
20306 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20308 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20310 (autoload 'package-install-user-selected-packages "package" "\
20311 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20312 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20314 \(fn)" t nil)
20316 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20317 Reinstall package PKG.
20318 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20319 object.
20321 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20323 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20324 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20326 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20327 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20328 will be deleted.
20330 \(fn)" t nil)
20332 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20333 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20335 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20337 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20338 Display a list of packages.
20339 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20340 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20341 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20343 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20345 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20347 ;;;***
20349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21678 60840 193776 69000))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20352 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20353 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20354 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20357 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20359 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20361 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20362 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20364 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20365 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20367 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20368 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20369 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20373 ;;;***
20375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21678
20376 ;;;;;; 60839 321741 62000))
20377 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20378 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20380 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20381 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20382 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20383 unknown are returned as nil.
20385 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20387 ;;;***
20389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21678 60840
20390 ;;;;;; 329781 510000))
20391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20393 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20394 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20395 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20397 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20398 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20400 Other useful functions are:
20402 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20403 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20404 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20405 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20406 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20407 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20408 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20409 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20410 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20412 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20414 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20415 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20416 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20417 Indentation for case statements.
20418 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20419 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20420 mark after an end.
20421 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20422 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20423 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20424 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20425 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20426 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20427 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20428 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20429 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20430 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20432 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20433 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20435 \(fn)" t nil)
20437 ;;;***
20439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21678
20440 ;;;;;; 60840 193776 69000))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20443 (defvar password-cache t "\
20444 Whether to cache passwords.")
20446 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20448 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20449 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20450 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20452 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20454 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20455 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20457 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20459 ;;;***
20461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21804 3853 736850
20462 ;;;;;; 365000))
20463 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20465 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20466 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20467 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20469 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20470 _ matches anything.
20471 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20472 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20473 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20474 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20475 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20476 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20477 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20478 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20479 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20480 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20481 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20483 FUN can take the form
20484 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20485 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20486 which is the value being matched.
20487 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20488 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20489 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20490 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20491 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20492 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20493 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20495 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20496 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20498 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20500 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20502 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20503 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20505 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20507 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20509 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20510 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a UPattern.
20511 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20512 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20513 variable name being but a special case of it).
20515 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20517 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20519 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20521 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20522 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20523 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20524 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20526 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20528 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20530 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20531 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20532 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20533 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20535 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20537 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20539 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20542 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20544 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20546 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20547 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20549 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20551 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20553 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20555 ;;;***
20557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21678 60840 193776
20558 ;;;;;; 69000))
20559 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20561 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20562 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20564 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566 ;;;***
20568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21678 60840 193776
20569 ;;;;;; 69000))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20572 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20573 Completion for `gzip'.
20575 \(fn)" nil nil)
20577 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20578 Completion for `bzip2'.
20580 \(fn)" nil nil)
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20583 Completion for GNU `make'.
20585 \(fn)" nil nil)
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20588 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20590 \(fn)" nil nil)
20592 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20594 ;;;***
20596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21678 60840
20597 ;;;;;; 193776 69000))
20598 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20600 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20601 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20603 \(fn)" nil nil)
20605 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20606 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20608 \(fn)" nil nil)
20610 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20611 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20613 \(fn)" nil nil)
20615 ;;;***
20617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21678 60840 193776
20618 ;;;;;; 69000))
20619 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20621 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20622 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20624 \(fn)" nil nil)
20626 ;;;***
20628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21790 46509 343608
20629 ;;;;;; 375000))
20630 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20632 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20633 Completion for `cd'.
20635 \(fn)" nil nil)
20637 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20639 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20640 Completion for `rmdir'.
20642 \(fn)" nil nil)
20644 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20645 Completion for `rm'.
20647 \(fn)" nil nil)
20649 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20650 Completion for `xargs'.
20652 \(fn)" nil nil)
20654 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20656 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20657 Completion for `which'.
20659 \(fn)" nil nil)
20661 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20662 Completion for the `chown' command.
20664 \(fn)" nil nil)
20666 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20667 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20669 \(fn)" nil nil)
20671 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20672 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20674 \(fn)" nil nil)
20676 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20677 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20678 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20680 \(fn)" nil nil)
20682 ;;;***
20684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21678 60840 193776
20685 ;;;;;; 69000))
20686 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20688 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20689 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20691 \(fn)" nil nil)
20693 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20694 Completion for the `ack' command.
20695 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20696 long options.
20698 \(fn)" nil nil)
20700 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20702 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20703 Completion for the `ag' command.
20705 \(fn)" nil nil)
20707 ;;;***
20709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21804 3763 246436
20710 ;;;;;; 758000))
20711 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20713 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20714 Support extensible programmable completion.
20715 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20716 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20718 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20720 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20721 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20723 \(fn)" t nil)
20725 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20726 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20727 This will modify the current buffer.
20729 \(fn)" t nil)
20731 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20732 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20734 \(fn)" t nil)
20736 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20737 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20738 This will modify the current buffer.
20740 \(fn)" t nil)
20742 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20743 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20745 \(fn)" t nil)
20747 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20748 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20750 \(fn)" t nil)
20752 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20753 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20754 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20755 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20756 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20758 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20760 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20761 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20763 \(fn)" nil nil)
20765 ;;;***
20767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21678 60840 533789 670000))
20768 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20770 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20771 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20772 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20773 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20775 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20777 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20779 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20780 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20781 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20782 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20783 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20784 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20785 FLAGS is ignored.
20787 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20789 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20790 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20791 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20792 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20793 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20794 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20795 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20796 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20798 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20800 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20801 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20802 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20803 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20804 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20805 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20806 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20807 passed to cvs.
20809 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20811 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20812 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20813 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20814 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20815 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20816 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20817 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20819 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20821 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20822 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20823 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20825 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20827 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20828 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20829 A value of nil means never do it.
20830 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20831 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20832 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20834 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20836 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20837 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20838 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20840 ;;;***
20842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21678 60840
20843 ;;;;;; 533789 670000))
20844 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20846 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20847 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20849 ;;;***
20851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21678
20852 ;;;;;; 60840 329781 510000))
20853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20854 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20855 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20856 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20857 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20858 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20859 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20861 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20862 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20863 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20864 Tab indents for Perl code.
20865 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20866 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20867 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20868 \\{perl-mode-map}
20869 Variables controlling indentation style:
20870 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20871 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20872 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20873 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20874 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20875 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20876 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20877 `perl-nochange'
20878 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20879 `perl-indent-level'
20880 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20881 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20882 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20883 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20884 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20885 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20886 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20887 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20888 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20889 `perl-brace-offset'
20890 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20891 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20892 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20893 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20894 `perl-label-offset'
20895 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20896 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20897 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20899 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20900 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20901 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20902 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20903 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20904 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20905 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20907 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20909 \(fn)" t nil)
20911 ;;;***
20913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21678 60840
20914 ;;;;;; 457786 630000))
20915 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20917 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20918 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20919 \\<picture-mode-map>
20920 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20921 afterwards settable by these commands:
20923 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20924 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20925 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20926 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20928 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20929 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20930 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20931 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20933 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20934 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20935 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20936 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20938 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20939 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20940 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20941 with these commands:
20943 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20944 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20945 Move to column following last
20946 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20947 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20948 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20949 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20950 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20951 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20953 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20955 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20956 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20957 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20958 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20959 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20960 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20962 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20963 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20964 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20965 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20966 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20967 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20968 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20970 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20971 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20972 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20973 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20974 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20975 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20976 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20977 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20979 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20980 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20981 by supplying an argument.
20983 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20985 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20986 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20988 \(fn)" t nil)
20990 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20992 ;;;***
20994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21785 63745 85575
20995 ;;;;;; 501000))
20996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20998 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20999 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21001 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21003 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21004 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21006 \(fn)" t nil)
21008 ;;;***
21010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21678 60840 457786
21011 ;;;;;; 630000))
21012 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21014 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21015 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21016 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21018 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21020 ;;;***
21022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21678 60840 209776 710000))
21023 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21025 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21026 Play pong and waste time.
21027 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21028 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21030 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21032 \\{pong-mode-map}
21034 \(fn)" t nil)
21036 ;;;***
21038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21678 60839 725757 297000))
21039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21041 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21042 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21043 Use streaming commands.
21045 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21047 ;;;***
21049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21678 60839 485747
21050 ;;;;;; 653000))
21051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21053 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21054 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21055 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21056 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21058 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21060 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21061 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21063 \(fn)" nil nil)
21065 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21066 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21067 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21068 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21069 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21071 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21073 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21074 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21075 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21077 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21079 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21080 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21082 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21084 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21085 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21086 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21087 Ignores leading comment characters.
21089 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21091 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21092 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21093 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21094 Ignores leading comment characters.
21096 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21098 ;;;***
21100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21678 60840 217777
21101 ;;;;;; 30000))
21102 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21103 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21105 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21106 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21108 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21110 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21112 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21114 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21115 Preview directory using ghostview.
21117 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21118 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21119 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21120 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21122 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21123 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21124 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21125 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21126 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21127 file name.
21129 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21131 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21133 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21134 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21136 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21137 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21138 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21139 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21141 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21142 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21143 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21144 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21145 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21146 file name.
21148 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21150 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21152 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21153 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21155 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21156 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21157 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21158 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21160 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21161 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21162 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21163 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21164 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21165 file name.
21167 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21169 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21171 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21172 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21174 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21176 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21177 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21178 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21179 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21181 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21182 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21183 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21184 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21185 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21186 file name.
21188 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21190 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21192 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21193 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21195 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21196 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21197 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21199 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21200 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21201 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21202 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21204 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21206 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21207 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21209 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21210 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21211 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21213 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21214 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21215 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21216 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21218 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21221 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21223 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21224 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21225 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21227 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21228 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21229 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21230 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21232 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21234 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21235 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21237 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21239 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21240 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21241 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21243 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21244 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21245 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21246 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21248 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21250 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21251 Preview region using ghostview.
21253 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21255 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21257 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21258 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21260 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21262 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21265 Print region using PostScript printer.
21267 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21269 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21272 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21274 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21276 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21278 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21279 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21281 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21283 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21285 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21286 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21288 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21290 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21292 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21293 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21295 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21297 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21300 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21302 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21304 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21306 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21307 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21308 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21309 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21311 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21312 matching.
21314 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21315 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21317 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21319 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21321 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21322 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21323 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21324 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21329 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21330 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21331 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21333 \(fn)" t nil)
21335 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21336 Print directory using text printer.
21338 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21339 matching.
21341 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21342 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21344 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21346 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21349 Print buffer using text printer.
21351 \(fn)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21354 Print region using text printer.
21356 \(fn)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21359 Print major mode using text printer.
21361 \(fn)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21364 Preview spooled PostScript.
21366 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21367 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21368 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21370 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21371 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21372 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21374 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21376 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21377 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21379 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21380 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21381 instead of sending it to the printer.
21383 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21384 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21385 image in a file with that name.
21387 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21390 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21392 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21393 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21394 instead of sending it to the printer.
21396 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21397 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21398 image in a file with that name.
21400 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21402 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21403 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21405 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21406 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21407 instead of sending it to the printer.
21409 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21410 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21411 image in a file with that name.
21413 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21415 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21416 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21418 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21420 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21421 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21423 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21425 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21426 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21428 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21430 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21431 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21433 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21435 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21436 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21438 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21440 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21441 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21443 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21444 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21445 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21446 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21448 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21449 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21450 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21451 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21452 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21453 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21454 file name.
21456 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21458 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21459 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21461 \(fn)" t nil)
21463 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21464 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21466 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21467 right.
21468 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21469 bottom.
21471 \(fn)" t nil)
21473 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21474 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21476 \(fn)" t nil)
21478 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21479 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21481 \(fn)" t nil)
21483 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21484 Toggle printing with faces.
21486 \(fn)" t nil)
21488 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21489 Toggle spooling.
21491 \(fn)" t nil)
21493 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21494 Toggle duplex.
21496 \(fn)" t nil)
21498 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21499 Toggle tumble.
21501 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21502 right.
21503 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21504 bottom.
21506 \(fn)" t nil)
21508 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21509 Toggle landscape.
21511 \(fn)" t nil)
21513 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21514 Toggle upside-down.
21516 \(fn)" t nil)
21518 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21519 Toggle line number.
21521 \(fn)" t nil)
21523 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21524 Toggle zebra stripes.
21526 \(fn)" t nil)
21528 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21529 Toggle printing header.
21531 \(fn)" t nil)
21533 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21534 Toggle printing header frame.
21536 \(fn)" t nil)
21538 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21539 Toggle menu lock.
21541 \(fn)" t nil)
21543 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21544 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21546 \(fn)" t nil)
21548 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21549 Toggle auto mode.
21551 \(fn)" t nil)
21553 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21554 Customization of the `printing' group.
21556 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21558 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21559 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21561 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21563 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21564 Help for the printing package.
21566 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21568 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21569 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21571 \(fn)" t nil)
21573 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21574 Interactively select a text printer.
21576 \(fn)" t nil)
21578 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21579 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21581 \(fn)" t nil)
21583 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21584 Show current ps-print settings.
21586 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21588 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21589 Show current printing settings.
21591 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21593 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21594 Show current lpr settings.
21596 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21598 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21599 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21601 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21602 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21603 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21604 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21607 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21609 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21610 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21611 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21613 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21614 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21615 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21616 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21617 current active printer.
21619 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21620 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21621 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21622 printer.
21624 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21625 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21626 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21627 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21628 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21631 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21632 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21634 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21636 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21637 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21638 be done using the new current active printer.
21640 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21641 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21642 printer.
21644 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21645 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21646 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21647 instead of sending it to the printer.
21649 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21650 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21651 printer.
21653 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21656 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21657 are both set to t.
21659 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21661 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21662 Fast fire function for text printing.
21664 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21665 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21666 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21667 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21669 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21670 user for a new active text printer.
21672 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21674 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21676 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21677 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21678 printer.
21680 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21682 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21683 are both set to t.
21685 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21687 ;;;***
21689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21678 60840 217777 30000))
21690 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21692 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21693 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21694 \\<proced-mode-map>
21695 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21696 the process information.
21698 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21700 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21701 Proced buffers.
21703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21705 ;;;***
21707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21678 60840 217777
21708 ;;;;;; 30000))
21709 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21711 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21712 Start/restart profilers.
21713 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21714 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21715 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21717 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21720 Open profile FILENAME.
21722 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21725 Open profile FILENAME.
21727 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21729 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21730 Open profile FILENAME.
21732 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21734 ;;;***
21736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21678 60840
21737 ;;;;;; 329781 510000))
21738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21740 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21741 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21743 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21744 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21746 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21748 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21749 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21751 Commands:
21752 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21754 \(fn)" t nil)
21756 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21757 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21758 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21760 \(fn)" t nil)
21762 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21763 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21764 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21766 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21768 ;;;***
21770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21678 60840 377783 430000))
21771 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21773 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21774 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21775 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21777 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21779 ;;;***
21781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21678 60840
21782 ;;;;;; 333781 670000))
21783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21784 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21786 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21787 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21789 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21791 The following variables hold user options, and can
21792 be set through the `customize' command:
21794 `ps-mode-tab'
21795 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21796 `ps-mode-print-function'
21797 `ps-run-prompt'
21798 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21799 `ps-run-x'
21800 `ps-run-dumb'
21801 `ps-run-init'
21802 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21803 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21805 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21808 \\{ps-mode-map}
21811 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21812 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21813 The keymap for this second window is:
21815 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21818 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21819 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21820 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21821 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21822 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21824 \(fn)" t nil)
21826 ;;;***
21828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21678 60840 385783
21829 ;;;;;; 750000))
21830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21831 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21833 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21834 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21835 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21837 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21839 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21840 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21841 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21842 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21844 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21846 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21847 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21849 Valid values are:
21851 nil Do not print colors.
21853 t Print colors.
21855 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21856 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21858 Any other value is treated as t.")
21860 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21862 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21863 Customization of ps-print group.
21865 \(fn)" t nil)
21867 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21868 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21870 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21871 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21872 sending it to the printer.
21874 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21875 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21876 image in a file with that name.
21878 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21880 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21881 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21882 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21883 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21884 so it has a way to determine color values.
21886 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21888 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21889 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21890 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21892 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21895 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21896 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21897 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21898 so it has a way to determine color values.
21900 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21902 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21903 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21904 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21905 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21907 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21909 \(fn)" t nil)
21911 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21912 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21913 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21914 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21915 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21917 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21919 \(fn)" t nil)
21921 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21922 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21923 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21925 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21927 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21929 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21930 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21931 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21932 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21933 so it has a way to determine color values.
21935 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21937 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21939 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21940 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21942 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21943 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21944 instead of sending it to the printer.
21946 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21947 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21948 image in a file with that name.
21950 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21952 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21953 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21954 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21955 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21956 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21958 \(fn)" t nil)
21960 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21961 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21962 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21964 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21966 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21967 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21968 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21970 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21972 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21973 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21975 \(fn)" nil nil)
21977 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21978 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21980 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21981 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21983 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21984 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21986 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21988 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21990 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21992 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21993 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21995 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21996 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21998 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21999 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22001 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22003 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22005 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22007 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22008 foreground and background colors respectively.
22010 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22011 bold - use bold font.
22012 italic - use italic font.
22013 underline - put a line under text.
22014 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22015 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22016 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22017 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22018 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22020 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22022 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22024 ;;;***
22026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21678 60839 349742
22027 ;;;;;; 188000))
22028 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22029 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22031 ;;;***
22033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21803 61751
22034 ;;;;;; 297340 476000))
22035 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22036 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22038 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22040 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22042 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22043 Run an inferior Python process.
22045 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22046 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22047 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22048 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22049 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22051 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22052 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22053 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22054 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22056 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22057 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22058 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22060 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22062 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22063 Major mode for editing Python files.
22065 \\{python-mode-map}
22067 \(fn)" t nil)
22069 ;;;***
22071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21678 60839 725757 297000))
22072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22074 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22075 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22076 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22077 coding-system.
22079 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22080 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22082 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22083 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22084 them into characters should be done separately.
22086 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22088 ;;;***
22090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21760 22311
22091 ;;;;;; 618792 686000))
22092 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22094 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22095 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22097 \(fn)" nil nil)
22099 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22100 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22101 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22103 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22104 `quail-activate', which see.
22106 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22108 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22109 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22110 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22111 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22112 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22113 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22114 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22116 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22117 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22118 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22119 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22120 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22121 shown.
22122 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22124 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22125 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22126 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22127 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22128 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22129 list of candidates.
22131 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22132 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22133 command to be called.
22135 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22136 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22137 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22138 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22140 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22141 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22142 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22143 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22144 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22145 to t.
22147 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22148 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22149 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22150 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22152 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22153 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22154 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22155 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22156 defines no translations for single character keys.
22158 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22159 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22160 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22161 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22162 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22163 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22165 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22166 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22167 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22168 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22169 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22170 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22172 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22173 covers Quail translation region.
22175 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22176 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22177 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22178 for it) is inserted.
22180 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22181 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22182 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22184 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22185 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22186 non-Quail commands.
22188 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22190 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22191 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22193 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22194 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22195 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22196 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22197 you type is correctly handled.
22199 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22201 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22202 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22204 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22205 keyboard type.
22207 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22209 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22210 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22211 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22212 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22213 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22214 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22215 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22216 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22217 for the translation.
22218 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22220 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22221 it is used to handle KEY.
22223 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22224 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22225 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22226 the following annotation types are supported.
22228 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22229 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22231 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22232 candidate list.
22234 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22235 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22236 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22237 inserted.
22239 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22240 generated for the following translations.
22242 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22244 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22245 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22247 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22248 which to install MAP.
22250 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22252 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22254 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22255 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22257 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22258 which to install MAP.
22260 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22262 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22264 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22265 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22266 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22267 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22268 a function, or a cons.
22269 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22270 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22271 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22272 for the translation.
22273 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22274 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22275 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22276 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22277 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22279 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22280 it is used to handle KEY.
22282 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22283 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22284 current Quail package.
22286 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22287 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22289 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22291 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22292 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22294 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22295 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22297 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22299 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22300 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22302 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22304 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22305 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22306 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22307 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22308 of the Emacs source tree.
22310 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22311 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22313 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22314 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22315 of each directory.
22317 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22319 ;;;***
22321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21770
22322 ;;;;;; 15582 625546 353000))
22323 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22325 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22326 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22327 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22328 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22330 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22332 ;;;***
22334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22335 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 861762 763000))
22336 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22338 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22339 Activate UCS input method.
22340 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22342 While this input method is active, the variable
22343 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22345 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22347 ;;;***
22349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21678 60839 985767
22350 ;;;;;; 746000))
22351 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22353 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22354 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22355 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22356 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22358 To make use of this do something like:
22360 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22362 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22364 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22365 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22367 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22368 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22369 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22371 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22373 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22374 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22376 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22378 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22379 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22381 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22382 is decided.
22384 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22386 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22387 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22389 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22390 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22391 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22393 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22395 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22396 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22398 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22400 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22401 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22403 \(fn)" t nil)
22405 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22406 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22408 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22410 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22412 \(fn)" t nil)
22414 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22415 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22417 \(fn)" t nil)
22419 ;;;***
22421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21799 25426 601363
22422 ;;;;;; 687000))
22423 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22425 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22426 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22428 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22430 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22432 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22434 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22436 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22439 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22441 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22442 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22443 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22445 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22446 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22448 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22450 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22451 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22452 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22453 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22454 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22458 ;;;***
22460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21678
22461 ;;;;;; 60839 489747 814000))
22462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22464 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22466 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22467 Construct a regexp interactively.
22468 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22469 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22470 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22472 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22473 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22475 \(fn)" t nil)
22477 ;;;***
22479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21678 60840 385783
22480 ;;;;;; 750000))
22481 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22483 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22484 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22485 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22488 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22490 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22492 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22493 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22495 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22496 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22498 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22499 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22500 were operated on recently.
22502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22504 ;;;***
22506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 61751 301340 310000))
22507 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22509 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22510 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22511 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22512 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22513 ends.
22515 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22516 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22517 to be deleted.
22519 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22521 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22522 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22523 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22525 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22526 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22527 deleted.
22529 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22531 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22532 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22533 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22535 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22537 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22538 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22540 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22541 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22543 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22544 deleted.
22546 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22547 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22548 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22549 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22550 even beep.)
22552 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22554 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22555 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22557 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22559 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22560 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22562 \(fn)" t nil)
22564 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22565 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22566 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22567 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22568 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22569 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22570 and point is at the lower right corner.
22572 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22574 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22575 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22577 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22578 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22580 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22581 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22582 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22584 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22586 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22588 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22589 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22590 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22591 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22592 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22594 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22595 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22597 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22599 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22600 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22601 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22603 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22605 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22607 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22609 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22610 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22612 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22613 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22614 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22616 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22618 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22619 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22620 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22622 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22623 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22624 rectangle which were empty.
22626 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22628 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22629 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22631 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22632 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22633 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22634 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22636 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22638 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22639 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22640 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22644 ;;;***
22646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21678 60840
22647 ;;;;;; 461786 791000))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22650 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22651 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22653 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22654 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22656 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22657 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22658 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22659 auto-filling.
22661 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22665 ;;;***
22667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21804 3763
22668 ;;;;;; 270436 337000))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22670 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22671 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22672 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22673 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22675 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22676 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22678 \(fn)" nil nil)
22680 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22681 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22683 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22684 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22686 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22687 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22688 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22689 \\ref macro.
22691 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22692 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22693 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22695 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22696 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22697 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22699 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22700 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22702 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22703 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22705 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22706 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22707 on the menu bar.
22709 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22713 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22714 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22715 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22717 \(fn)" nil nil)
22719 ;;;***
22721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21743
22722 ;;;;;; 12185 613417 151000))
22723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22724 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22725 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22726 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22727 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22729 ;;;***
22731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21678
22732 ;;;;;; 60839 489747 814000))
22733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22735 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22736 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22737 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22738 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22739 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22740 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22742 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22743 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22745 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22746 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22747 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22748 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22750 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22752 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22753 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22754 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22755 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22757 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22759 ;;;***
22761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21678 60839 489747
22762 ;;;;;; 814000))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22764 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22766 ;;;***
22768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21678 60840
22769 ;;;;;; 473787 271000))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22771 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22773 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22774 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22775 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22776 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22778 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22780 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22782 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22783 Call `remember' in another frame.
22785 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22787 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22788 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22789 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22791 \(fn)" t nil)
22793 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22794 Extract diary entries from the region.
22796 \(fn)" nil nil)
22798 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22799 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22800 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22801 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22803 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22805 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22806 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22807 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22808 minor mode.
22810 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22812 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22813 Return the buffer.
22815 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22816 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22817 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22819 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22821 ;;;***
22823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21678 60840 389783 910000))
22824 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22825 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22827 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22828 Repeat most recently executed command.
22829 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22830 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22831 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22833 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22834 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22835 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22836 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22838 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22839 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22840 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22842 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22844 ;;;***
22846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21678 60839
22847 ;;;;;; 873763 245000))
22848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22850 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22851 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22853 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22854 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22855 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22856 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22857 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22858 and point is left after the salutation.
22860 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22861 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22862 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22863 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22864 left after that text.
22866 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22867 is non-nil.
22869 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22870 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22871 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22872 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22874 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22876 ;;;***
22878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21678 60840 389783
22879 ;;;;;; 910000))
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22882 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22883 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22884 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22885 visibility of comments that precede it.
22886 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22887 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22888 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22889 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22890 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22891 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22892 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22893 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22894 the comment lines.
22895 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22896 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22897 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22898 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22899 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22903 ;;;***
22905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21678 60840 389783 910000))
22906 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22908 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22909 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22910 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22911 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22912 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22914 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22915 reveals invisible text around point.
22917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22919 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22920 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22921 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22924 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22926 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22928 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22929 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22930 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22932 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22933 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22934 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22938 ;;;***
22940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21678 60839 489747
22941 ;;;;;; 814000))
22942 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22944 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22945 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22947 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22949 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22950 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22952 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22954 ;;;***
22956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21678 60839 985767
22957 ;;;;;; 746000))
22958 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22960 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22961 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22962 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22963 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22965 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22967 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22968 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22969 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22970 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22972 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22973 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22975 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22976 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22978 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22979 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22980 INPUT-ARGS.
22982 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22983 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22984 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22985 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22986 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22988 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22989 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22990 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22991 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22993 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22994 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22995 variable.
22997 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22999 ;;;***
23001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21797 54705 48905
23002 ;;;;;; 274000))
23003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23005 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23006 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23008 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23010 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23012 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23013 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23014 Its name should end with a slash.")
23016 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23017 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23019 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23020 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23021 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23023 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23025 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23026 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23027 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23028 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23029 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23030 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23031 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23033 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23034 sent by you under different user names.
23035 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23037 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23039 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23041 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23043 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23044 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23045 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23046 explicitly.")
23048 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23050 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23051 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23052 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23053 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23054 which normally happens once for each message,
23055 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23056 To make a change in this variable take effect
23057 for a message that you have already viewed,
23058 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23060 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23062 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23063 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23064 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23065 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23067 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23069 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23070 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23072 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23074 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23075 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23076 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23078 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23080 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23081 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23082 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23083 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23084 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23085 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23087 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23089 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23090 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23092 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23094 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23095 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23097 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23099 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23100 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23102 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23103 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23105 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23107 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23108 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23110 This is set to nil by default.")
23112 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23113 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23114 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23115 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23116 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23117 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23118 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23120 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23121 Read and edit incoming mail.
23122 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23123 file in RMAIL Mode.
23124 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23126 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23127 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23128 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23129 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23131 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23133 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23135 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23136 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23137 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23138 Instead, these commands are available:
23140 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23141 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23142 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23143 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23144 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23145 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23146 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23147 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23148 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23149 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23150 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23151 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23152 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23153 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23154 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23155 till a deleted message is found.
23156 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23157 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23158 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23159 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23160 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23161 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23162 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23163 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23164 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23165 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23166 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23167 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23168 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23169 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23170 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23171 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23172 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23173 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23174 (label defaults to last one specified).
23175 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23176 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23177 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23178 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23179 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23180 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23181 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23182 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23183 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23185 \(fn)" t nil)
23187 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23188 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23190 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23192 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23193 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23195 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23197 ;;;***
23199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21678 60839
23200 ;;;;;; 885763 727000))
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23202 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23204 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23205 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23206 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23207 case it writes Babyl.
23209 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23210 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23211 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23212 `rmail-default-file'.
23214 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23215 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23216 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23218 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23219 the header display is currently pruned.
23221 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23222 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23223 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23224 messages after output.
23226 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23227 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23228 message (if writing a file directly).
23230 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23231 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23233 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23235 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23236 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23237 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23238 i) the header is output as currently seen
23239 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23240 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23242 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23243 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23244 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23246 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23248 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23249 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23250 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23251 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23252 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23253 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23254 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23256 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23257 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23258 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23260 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23262 ;;;***
23264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21678 60840
23265 ;;;;;; 21769 189000))
23266 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23268 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23269 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23270 Return a pattern.
23272 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23274 ;;;***
23276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21678 60840
23277 ;;;;;; 21769 189000))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23280 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23281 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23282 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23283 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23285 \(fn)" t nil)
23287 ;;;***
23289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21678 60840
23290 ;;;;;; 25769 349000))
23291 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23293 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23294 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23296 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23297 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23298 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23299 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23300 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23301 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23302 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23303 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23304 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23305 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23307 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23308 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23309 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23310 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23311 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23312 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23313 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23314 to use for finding the schema.
23316 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23318 ;;;***
23320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21678 60840 25769
23321 ;;;;;; 349000))
23322 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23324 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23326 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23327 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23328 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23329 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23330 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23331 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23332 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23333 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23334 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23335 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23336 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23337 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23338 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23339 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23340 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23341 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23342 must be equal.
23344 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23346 ;;;***
23348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21605 26936
23349 ;;;;;; 840026 71000))
23350 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23352 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23353 Define a robin package.
23355 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23356 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23357 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23358 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23360 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23361 one replaces the old one.
23363 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23365 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23366 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23368 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23369 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23370 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23372 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23374 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23375 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23377 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23379 ;;;***
23381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21678 60840 393784 70000))
23382 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23384 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23385 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23387 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23389 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23390 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23392 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23394 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23395 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23397 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23399 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23400 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23401 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23403 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23404 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23405 in ROT13.
23407 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23409 \(fn)" t nil)
23411 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23412 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23414 \(fn)" t nil)
23416 ;;;***
23418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21678 60840 477787
23419 ;;;;;; 431000))
23420 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23423 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23424 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23425 \\<rst-mode-map>
23427 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23428 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23429 highlighting.
23431 \\{rst-mode-map}
23433 \(fn)" t nil)
23435 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23436 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23437 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23438 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23439 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23441 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23442 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23443 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23447 ;;;***
23449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21772
23450 ;;;;;; 3649 133589 283000))
23451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23452 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23454 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23455 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23457 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23459 \(fn)" t nil)
23461 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23463 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23465 ;;;***
23467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21678 60840 393784
23468 ;;;;;; 70000))
23469 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23470 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23472 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23473 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23474 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23476 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23477 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23478 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23479 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23480 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23484 ;;;***
23486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21678 60839 489747
23487 ;;;;;; 814000))
23488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23490 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23491 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23492 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23493 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23495 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23497 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23498 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23499 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23501 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23502 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23503 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23505 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23506 notation.
23508 STRING
23509 matches string STRING literally.
23511 CHAR
23512 matches character CHAR literally.
23514 `not-newline', `nonl'
23515 matches any character except a newline.
23517 `anything'
23518 matches any character
23520 `(any SET ...)'
23521 `(in SET ...)'
23522 `(char SET ...)'
23523 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23524 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23525 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23527 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23528 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23529 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23530 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23532 `(not (any SET ...))'
23533 matches any character not in SET ...
23535 `line-start', `bol'
23536 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23537 in the text being matched
23539 `line-end', `eol'
23540 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23542 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23543 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23544 string being matched against.
23546 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23547 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23548 string being matched against.
23550 `buffer-start'
23551 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23552 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23554 `buffer-end'
23555 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23556 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23558 `point'
23559 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23561 `word-start', `bow'
23562 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23564 `word-end', `eow'
23565 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23567 `word-boundary'
23568 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23569 word.
23571 `(not word-boundary)'
23572 `not-word-boundary'
23573 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23574 word.
23576 `symbol-start'
23577 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23579 `symbol-end'
23580 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23582 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23583 matches 0 through 9.
23585 `control', `cntrl'
23586 matches ASCII control characters.
23588 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23589 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23591 `blank'
23592 matches space and tab only.
23594 `graphic', `graph'
23595 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23596 space, and DEL.
23598 `printing', `print'
23599 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23600 and DEL.
23602 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23603 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23604 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23606 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23607 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23608 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23610 `ascii'
23611 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23613 `nonascii'
23614 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23616 `lower', `lower-case'
23617 matches anything lower-case.
23619 `upper', `upper-case'
23620 matches anything upper-case.
23622 `punctuation', `punct'
23623 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23624 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23626 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23627 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23629 `word', `wordchar'
23630 matches anything that has word syntax.
23632 `not-wordchar'
23633 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23635 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23636 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23637 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23638 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23640 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23641 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23642 `word' (\\sw)
23643 `symbol' (\\s_)
23644 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23645 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23646 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23647 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23648 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23649 `escape' (\\s\\)
23650 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23651 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23652 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23653 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23654 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23656 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23657 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23659 `(category CATEGORY)'
23660 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23661 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23663 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23664 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23665 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23666 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23667 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23668 `symbol' (\\c5)
23669 `digit' (\\c6)
23670 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23671 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23672 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23673 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23674 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23675 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23676 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23677 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23678 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23679 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23680 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23681 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23682 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23683 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23684 `ascii' (\\ca)
23685 `arabic' (\\cb)
23686 `chinese' (\\cc)
23687 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23688 `greek' (\\cg)
23689 `korean' (\\ch)
23690 `indian' (\\ci)
23691 `japanese' (\\cj)
23692 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23693 `latin' (\\cl)
23694 `lao' (\\co)
23695 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23696 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23697 `thai' (\\ct)
23698 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23699 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23700 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23701 `can-break' (\\c|)
23703 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23704 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23706 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23707 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23708 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23709 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23710 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23712 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23713 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23714 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23715 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23717 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23718 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23719 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23720 group number N.
23722 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23723 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23724 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23725 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23726 regular expression.
23728 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23729 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23730 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23731 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23732 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23734 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23735 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23737 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23738 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23740 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23741 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23742 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23744 `(* SEXP ...)'
23745 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23746 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23748 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23749 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23750 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23752 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23753 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23754 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23756 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23757 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23759 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23760 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23762 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23763 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23764 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23765 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23767 `(? SEXP ...)'
23768 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23770 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23771 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23773 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23774 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23775 matches N occurrences.
23777 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23778 matches N or more occurrences.
23780 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23781 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23782 matches N to M occurrences.
23784 `(backref N)'
23785 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23787 `(eval FORM)'
23788 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23789 `regexp-quote' it.
23791 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23792 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23794 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23796 ;;;***
23798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21678 60839
23799 ;;;;;; 989767 907000))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23801 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23803 ;;;***
23805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21678 60840 393784
23806 ;;;;;; 70000))
23807 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23808 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23810 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23811 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23812 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23815 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23817 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23819 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23820 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23821 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23822 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23823 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23825 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23826 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23827 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23828 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23830 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23831 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23832 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23836 ;;;***
23838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21678 60840
23839 ;;;;;; 337781 830000))
23840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23842 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23843 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23844 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23846 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23847 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23848 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23849 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23850 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23851 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23852 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23853 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23855 Commands:
23856 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23857 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23858 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23862 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23863 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23864 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23866 Commands:
23867 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23868 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23869 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23870 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23871 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23872 that variable's value is a string.
23874 \(fn)" t nil)
23876 ;;;***
23878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21678 60839
23879 ;;;;;; 725757 297000))
23880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23882 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23883 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23884 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23886 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23888 \(fn)" t nil)
23890 ;;;***
23892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21678 60840 393784
23893 ;;;;;; 70000))
23894 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23896 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23897 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23898 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23901 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23903 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23905 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23906 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23907 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23908 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23909 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23911 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23912 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23916 ;;;***
23918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21678 60840
23919 ;;;;;; 393784 70000))
23920 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23922 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23923 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23925 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23926 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23927 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23928 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23929 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23933 ;;;***
23935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21799 25450 636876
23936 ;;;;;; 627000))
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23938 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23939 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23941 ;;;***
23943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21678 60854
23944 ;;;;;; 970348 529000))
23945 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23946 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23948 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23949 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23950 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23952 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23953 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23954 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23955 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23956 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23957 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23958 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23959 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23960 keybinding for tag names.
23961 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23962 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23963 of the symbol under point.
23964 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23965 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23966 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23967 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23968 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23969 syntax tokens.
23970 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23972 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23974 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23975 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23976 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23978 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23979 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23981 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23983 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23984 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23986 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23987 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23989 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23990 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23991 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23992 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23993 Semantic mode.
23995 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23999 ;;;***
24001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24002 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 357742 509000))
24003 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24005 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24006 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24008 \(fn)" t nil)
24010 ;;;***
24012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24013 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 393743 956000))
24014 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24016 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24017 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24019 \(fn)" t nil)
24021 ;;;***
24023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21785 52256
24024 ;;;;;; 612012 760000))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24027 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24028 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24030 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24031 king@grassland.com
24032 If `parens', they look like:
24033 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24034 If `angles', they look like:
24035 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24037 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24038 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24040 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24042 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24043 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24044 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24045 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24047 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24048 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24049 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24050 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24052 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24054 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24055 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24056 This is done when the message is initialized,
24057 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24059 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24061 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24062 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24063 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24065 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24067 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24068 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24069 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24070 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24071 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24072 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24073 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24075 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24077 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24078 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24080 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24082 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24083 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24084 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24085 be a Babyl file.")
24087 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24089 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24090 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24091 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24092 when you first send mail.")
24094 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24096 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24097 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24098 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24099 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24100 This file need not actually exist.")
24102 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24104 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24105 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24107 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24109 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24110 Alist of mail address aliases,
24111 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24112 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24113 can specify a different file name.)
24114 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24115 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24117 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24118 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24119 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24121 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24123 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24124 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24125 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24127 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24129 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24130 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24131 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24132 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24133 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24134 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24135 in the cited portion of the message.
24137 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24138 instead of no action.")
24140 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24142 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24143 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24144 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24145 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24146 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24148 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24150 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24151 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24152 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24153 If a string, that string is inserted.
24154 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24155 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24156 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24157 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24159 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24161 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24162 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24164 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24166 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24167 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24168 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24170 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24171 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24173 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24175 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24176 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24177 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24178 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24180 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24182 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24183 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24184 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24186 \(fn)" nil nil)
24188 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24190 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24193 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24195 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24196 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24197 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24199 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24200 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24202 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24203 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24204 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24205 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24206 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24207 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24208 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24209 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24210 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24211 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24212 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24213 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24214 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24215 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24217 \(fn)" t nil)
24219 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24220 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24221 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24222 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24224 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24226 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24227 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24228 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24229 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24230 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24231 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24233 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24234 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24235 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24237 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24238 User should not set this variable manually,
24239 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24240 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24241 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24243 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24244 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24245 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24246 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24248 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24249 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24251 \\<mail-mode-map>
24252 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24254 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24255 to move to message header fields:
24256 \\{mail-mode-map}
24258 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24259 when the message is initialized.
24261 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24262 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24264 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24265 is inserted.
24267 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24268 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24270 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24271 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24272 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24273 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24274 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24275 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24276 buffer without erasing the contents.
24278 The second through fifth arguments,
24279 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24280 the initial contents of those header fields.
24281 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24282 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24283 original message being replied to, or else an action
24284 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24285 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24286 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24287 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24288 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24289 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24291 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24293 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24294 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24296 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24298 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24299 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24301 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24303 ;;;***
24305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21778 45004 713399
24306 ;;;;;; 126000))
24307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24308 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24310 ;;;***
24312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21744 29479 720733 839000))
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24315 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24317 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24319 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24321 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24322 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24323 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24324 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24325 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24326 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24328 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24329 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24331 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24332 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24333 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24335 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24336 \\[server-start].
24338 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24340 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24341 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24342 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24343 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24345 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24347 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24348 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24349 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24351 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24352 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24354 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24356 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24357 Toggle Server mode.
24358 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24359 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24360 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24362 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24363 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24364 `server-start' for details.
24366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24368 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24369 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24370 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24372 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24373 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24375 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24377 ;;;***
24379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21804 4012 686064 51000))
24380 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24382 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24383 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24385 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24386 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24387 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24388 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24389 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24391 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24392 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24393 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24394 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24395 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24396 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24398 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24399 displayed.
24401 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24402 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24403 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24405 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24406 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24408 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24409 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24411 \\{ses-mode-map}
24412 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24413 part):
24414 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24415 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24416 formula:
24417 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24419 \(fn)" t nil)
24421 ;;;***
24423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21804
24424 ;;;;;; 4012 698063 841000))
24425 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24427 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24428 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24429 Makes > match <.
24430 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24431 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24433 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24434 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24435 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24437 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24438 in your init file.
24440 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24442 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24443 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24444 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24448 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24449 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24450 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24451 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24452 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24453 which this is based.
24455 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24457 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24458 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24459 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24460 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24462 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24463 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24464 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24466 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24467 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24468 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24469 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24471 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24472 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24473 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24474 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24476 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24478 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24479 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24480 To work around that, do:
24481 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24483 \\{html-mode-map}
24485 \(fn)" t nil)
24487 ;;;***
24489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21706
24490 ;;;;;; 14224 297957 474000))
24491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24492 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24493 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24495 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24496 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24497 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24498 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24499 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24500 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24502 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24503 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24504 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24505 shell-specific features.
24507 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24508 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24509 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24510 \\<sh-mode-map>
24511 \\[sh-case] case statement
24512 \\[sh-for] for loop
24513 \\[sh-function] function definition
24514 \\[sh-if] if statement
24515 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24516 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24517 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24518 \\[sh-select] select loop
24519 \\[sh-until] until loop
24520 \\[sh-while] while loop
24522 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24523 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24524 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24525 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24526 would indent to the way it currently is.
24527 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24528 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24531 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24532 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24533 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24534 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24535 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24537 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24538 unquoted < insert a here document.
24540 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24541 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24542 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24544 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24545 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24547 \(fn)" t nil)
24549 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24551 ;;;***
24553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21678 60839
24554 ;;;;;; 489747 814000))
24555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24557 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24558 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24560 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24561 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24562 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24564 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24565 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24566 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24567 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24568 the earlier.
24570 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24572 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24574 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24575 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24576 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24578 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24579 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24581 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24582 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24583 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24584 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24585 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24586 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24587 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24588 Emacs version).
24590 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24591 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24592 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24593 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24594 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24596 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24597 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24599 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24601 ;;;***
24603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21678 60840 401784
24604 ;;;;;; 390000))
24605 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24607 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24608 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24609 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24610 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24611 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24612 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24613 sites in the cluster.
24615 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24617 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24618 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24619 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24620 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24621 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24623 \(fn)" t nil)
24625 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24626 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24627 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24628 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24629 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24630 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24631 `shadow-define-cluster').
24633 \(fn)" t nil)
24635 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24636 Set up file shadowing.
24638 \(fn)" t nil)
24640 ;;;***
24642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21678 60840 401784 390000))
24643 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24645 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24646 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24647 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24648 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24649 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24650 arguments.")
24652 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24654 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24655 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24656 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24657 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24658 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24660 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24661 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24662 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24663 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24664 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24665 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24666 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24667 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24668 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24669 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24670 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24672 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24673 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24674 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24675 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24676 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24677 `default-process-coding-system'.
24679 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24680 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24681 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24682 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24684 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24686 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24688 ;;;***
24690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21756 63737 910472 761000))
24691 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24693 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24694 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24696 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24698 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24699 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24700 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24701 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24703 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24705 ;;;***
24707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21678 60839 729757
24708 ;;;;;; 458000))
24709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24711 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24714 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24716 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24719 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24721 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24724 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24726 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24729 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24731 ;;;***
24733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21678 60839
24734 ;;;;;; 729757 458000))
24735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24737 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24738 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24739 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24740 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24741 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24743 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24745 \(fn)" t nil)
24747 ;;;***
24749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21678 60840
24750 ;;;;;; 345782 150000))
24751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24753 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24754 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24755 \\{simula-mode-map}
24756 Variables controlling indentation style:
24757 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24758 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24759 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24760 `simula-indent-level'
24761 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24762 `simula-substatement-offset'
24763 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24764 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24765 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24766 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24767 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24768 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24769 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24770 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24771 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24772 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24773 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24774 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24775 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24776 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24777 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24778 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24779 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24780 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24781 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24782 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24783 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24784 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24785 or nil if they should not be changed.
24786 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24787 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24788 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24789 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24791 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24792 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24794 \(fn)" t nil)
24796 ;;;***
24798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21678 60840 409784
24799 ;;;;;; 710000))
24800 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24802 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24803 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24805 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24806 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24807 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24808 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24810 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24812 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24814 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24815 Insert SKELETON.
24816 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24817 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24818 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24819 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24820 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24822 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24823 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24825 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24827 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24828 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24830 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24831 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24832 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24833 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24835 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24836 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24837 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24838 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24840 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24841 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24842 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24844 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24845 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24847 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24848 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24850 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24851 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24852 is at bol/eol
24853 _ interesting point, interregion here
24854 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24855 interesting point set by _
24856 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24857 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24858 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24859 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24860 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24861 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24862 nil skipped
24864 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24865 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24867 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24868 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24869 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24870 as the first element when at bol.
24872 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24873 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24874 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24875 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24876 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24877 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24878 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24879 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24881 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24882 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24883 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24884 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24885 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24886 available:
24888 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24889 then: insert previously read string once more
24890 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24891 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24892 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24894 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24895 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24897 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24899 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24900 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24902 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24903 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24904 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24905 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24906 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24907 such as backslash.
24909 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24910 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24911 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24915 ;;;***
24917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21678 60840
24918 ;;;;;; 537789 831000))
24919 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24921 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24922 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24923 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24924 buffer names.
24926 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24928 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24929 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24931 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24932 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24933 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24937 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24938 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24939 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24941 \(fn)" t nil)
24943 ;;;***
24945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21678 60839 729757
24946 ;;;;;; 458000))
24947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24949 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24950 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24951 A list of images is returned.
24953 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24955 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24956 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24957 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24959 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24961 ;;;***
24963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21678 60839
24964 ;;;;;; 889763 888000))
24965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24967 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24970 \(fn)" nil nil)
24972 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24973 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24975 \(fn)" t nil)
24977 ;;;***
24979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21678 60840 209776
24980 ;;;;;; 710000))
24981 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24983 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24984 Play the Snake game.
24985 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24987 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24989 Snake mode keybindings:
24990 \\<snake-mode-map>
24991 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24992 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24993 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24994 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24995 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24996 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24997 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24999 \(fn)" t nil)
25001 ;;;***
25003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21678 60839
25004 ;;;;;; 989767 907000))
25005 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25007 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25008 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25009 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25010 Tab indents for C code.
25011 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25012 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25013 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25014 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25015 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25017 \(fn)" t nil)
25019 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25020 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25021 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25022 Tab indents for C code.
25023 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25024 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25025 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25026 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25027 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25029 \(fn)" t nil)
25031 ;;;***
25033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21735 24088 384215
25034 ;;;;;; 80000))
25035 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25037 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25038 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25039 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25040 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25041 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25043 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25047 ;;;***
25049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21678 60840
25050 ;;;;;; 209776 710000))
25051 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25053 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25054 Play Solitaire.
25056 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25057 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25058 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25059 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25060 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25061 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25062 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25063 check after each move or undo.)
25065 What is Solitaire?
25067 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25068 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25069 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25071 Le Solitaire
25072 ============
25074 o o o
25076 o o o
25078 o o o o o o o
25080 o o o . o o o
25082 o o o o o o o
25084 o o o
25086 o o o
25088 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25089 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25090 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25091 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25093 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25094 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25095 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25096 this: o o .
25098 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25099 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25101 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25103 o o o
25105 . o o
25107 o o . o o o o
25109 o . o o o o o
25111 o o o o o o o
25113 o o o
25115 o o o
25117 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25119 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25123 ;;;***
25125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21678 60840 409784 710000))
25126 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25127 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25129 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25130 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25132 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25133 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25134 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25135 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25136 contiguous.
25138 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25139 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25141 the sort order.
25143 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25144 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25146 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25147 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25148 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25149 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25150 is called.
25152 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25153 It should move point to the end of the record.
25155 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25156 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25157 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25158 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25159 starts at the beginning of the record.
25161 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25162 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25163 same as ENDRECFUN.
25165 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25166 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25167 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25168 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25169 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25170 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25171 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25173 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25175 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25176 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25177 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25178 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25179 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25180 the sort order.
25182 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25184 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25185 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25186 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25187 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25188 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25189 the sort order.
25191 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25193 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25194 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25195 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25196 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25197 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25198 the sort order.
25200 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25201 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25203 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25204 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25205 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25206 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25207 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25208 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25209 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25210 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25211 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25213 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25215 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25216 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25217 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25218 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25219 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25220 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25221 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25222 the sort order.
25224 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25226 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25227 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25228 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25229 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25231 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25232 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25234 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25235 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25236 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25237 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25238 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25239 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25240 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25241 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25243 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25245 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25246 the sort order.
25248 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25249 starting with the letter \"f\",
25250 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25252 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25254 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25255 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25256 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25257 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25258 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25259 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25260 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25261 the sort order.
25263 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25264 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25265 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25266 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25267 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25269 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25271 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25272 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25273 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25275 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25277 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25278 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25279 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25280 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25281 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25282 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25283 each repeated line.
25285 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25286 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25287 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25288 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25290 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25291 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25293 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25294 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25296 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25298 ;;;***
25300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21678 60839 733757 619000))
25301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25303 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25304 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25305 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25306 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25307 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25308 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25310 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25312 ;;;***
25314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21678
25315 ;;;;;; 60839 729757 458000))
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25318 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25319 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25321 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25322 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25323 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25325 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25327 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25328 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25329 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25330 server.
25332 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25334 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25335 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25336 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25338 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25340 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25341 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25342 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25343 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25344 Agent is plugged.
25346 \(fn)" t nil)
25348 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25349 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25350 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25351 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25353 \(fn)" t nil)
25355 ;;;***
25357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21678 60840 413784
25358 ;;;;;; 870000))
25359 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25361 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25363 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25364 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25365 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25366 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25367 supported at a time.
25368 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25369 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25373 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25374 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25375 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25376 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25378 \(fn)" t nil)
25380 ;;;***
25382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21678 60840 209776
25383 ;;;;;; 710000))
25384 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25386 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25387 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25389 \(fn)" t nil)
25391 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25392 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25394 \(fn)" nil nil)
25396 ;;;***
25398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21765 52461 396136
25399 ;;;;;; 269000))
25400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25401 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25403 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25404 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25406 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25407 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25408 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25409 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25410 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25411 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25412 of the current highlighting list.
25414 For example:
25416 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25417 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25419 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25420 `_t' as data types.
25422 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25424 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25425 Major mode to edit SQL.
25427 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25428 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25429 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25431 \\{sql-mode-map}
25432 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25434 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25435 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25436 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25437 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25438 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25439 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25441 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25442 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25444 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25445 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25446 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25448 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25449 (lambda ()
25450 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25452 \(fn)" t nil)
25454 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25455 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25457 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25458 their settings.
25460 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25461 is specified in the connection settings.
25463 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25465 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25466 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25468 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25469 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25471 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25472 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25473 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25474 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25476 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25478 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25480 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25481 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25483 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25484 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25485 `*SQL*'.
25487 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25488 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25489 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25490 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25492 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25493 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25495 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25496 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25497 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25498 buffer.
25500 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25501 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25502 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25503 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25504 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25505 `default-process-coding-system'.
25507 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25509 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25511 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25512 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25514 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25515 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25516 `*SQL*'.
25518 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25519 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25520 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25521 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25523 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25524 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25526 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25527 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25528 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25529 buffer.
25531 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25532 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25533 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25534 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25535 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25536 `default-process-coding-system'.
25538 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25540 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25542 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25543 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25545 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25546 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25547 `*SQL*'.
25549 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25550 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25552 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25553 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25555 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25556 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25557 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25558 buffer.
25560 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25561 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25562 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25563 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25564 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25565 `default-process-coding-system'.
25567 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25569 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25571 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25572 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25574 SQLite is free software.
25576 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25577 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25578 `*SQL*'.
25580 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25581 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25582 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25583 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25585 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25586 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25588 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25589 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25590 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25591 buffer.
25593 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25594 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25595 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25596 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25597 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25598 `default-process-coding-system'.
25600 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25602 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25604 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25605 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25607 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25609 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25610 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25611 `*SQL*'.
25613 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25614 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25615 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25616 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25618 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25619 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25621 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25622 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25623 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25624 buffer.
25626 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25627 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25628 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25629 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25630 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25631 `default-process-coding-system'.
25633 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25635 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25637 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25638 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25640 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25641 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25642 `*SQL*'.
25644 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25645 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25646 defaults, if set.
25648 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25649 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25651 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25652 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25653 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25654 buffer.
25656 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25657 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25658 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25659 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25660 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25661 `default-process-coding-system'.
25663 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25665 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25667 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25668 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25670 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25671 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25672 `*SQL*'.
25674 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25675 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25677 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25678 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25680 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25681 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25682 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25683 buffer.
25685 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25686 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25687 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25688 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25689 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25690 `default-process-coding-system'.
25692 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25694 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25696 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25697 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25699 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25700 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25701 `*SQL*'.
25703 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25704 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25705 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25706 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25708 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25709 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25711 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25712 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25713 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25714 buffer.
25716 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25717 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25718 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25719 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25720 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25721 `default-process-coding-system'.
25723 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25725 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25727 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25728 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25730 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25731 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25732 `*SQL*'.
25734 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25735 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25736 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25737 `sql-postgres-options'.
25739 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25740 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25742 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25743 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25744 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25745 buffer.
25747 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25748 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25749 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25750 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25751 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25752 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25753 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25754 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25756 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25757 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25759 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25761 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25763 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25764 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25766 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25767 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25768 `*SQL*'.
25770 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25771 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25772 defaults, if set.
25774 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25775 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25777 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25778 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25779 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25780 buffer.
25782 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25783 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25784 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25785 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25786 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25787 `default-process-coding-system'.
25789 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25791 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25793 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25794 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25796 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25797 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25798 `*SQL*'.
25800 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25801 automatic login.
25803 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25804 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25806 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25807 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25808 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25809 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25811 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25812 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25813 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25814 buffer.
25816 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25817 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25818 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25819 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25820 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25821 `default-process-coding-system'.
25823 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25825 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25827 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25828 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25830 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25831 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25832 `*SQL*'.
25834 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25835 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25836 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25837 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25838 parameters.
25840 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25841 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25842 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25843 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25844 an empty password.
25846 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25847 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25849 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25850 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25851 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25852 buffer.
25854 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25856 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25859 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25861 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25863 ;;;***
25865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21678 60839 393743
25866 ;;;;;; 956000))
25867 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25868 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25870 ;;;***
25872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25873 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 401744 277000))
25874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25876 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25877 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25879 \(fn)" t nil)
25881 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25883 ;;;***
25885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21678 60839
25886 ;;;;;; 733757 619000))
25887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25889 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25890 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25891 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25892 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25893 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25894 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25895 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25896 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25897 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25898 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25899 with any buffer
25900 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25901 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25902 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25903 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25905 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25907 ;;;***
25909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21678 60840 417785
25910 ;;;;;; 31000))
25911 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25913 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25914 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25915 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25916 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25917 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25918 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25920 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25922 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25924 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25925 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25926 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25927 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25928 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25929 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25930 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25932 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25934 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25935 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25936 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25937 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25938 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25939 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25940 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25942 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25944 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25945 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25946 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25948 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25950 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25951 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25952 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25954 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25956 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25957 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25959 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25961 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25962 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25964 \(fn)" t nil)
25966 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25967 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25969 \(fn)" t nil)
25971 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25972 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25973 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25974 by command name.
25975 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25977 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25979 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25980 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25981 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25983 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25984 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25986 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25988 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25989 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25990 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25991 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25992 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25994 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25995 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25996 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25997 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25998 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26000 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26001 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26002 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26003 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26005 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26009 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26010 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26011 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26012 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26014 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26016 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26017 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26019 \(fn)" t nil)
26021 ;;;***
26023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21605 26937 380015
26024 ;;;;;; 699000))
26025 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26027 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26028 Studlify-case the region.
26030 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26032 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26033 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26035 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26037 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26038 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26040 \(fn)" t nil)
26042 ;;;***
26044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21678 60840
26045 ;;;;;; 349782 310000))
26046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26048 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26050 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26051 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26052 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26053 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26054 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26056 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26057 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26058 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26059 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26061 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26062 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26063 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26065 Nomenclature Subwords
26066 ===========================================================
26067 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26068 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26069 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26071 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26072 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26074 \\{subword-mode-map}
26076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26078 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26079 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26080 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26083 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26085 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26087 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26088 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26089 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26090 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26091 ARG is omitted or nil.
26093 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26094 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26095 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26099 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26100 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26101 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26102 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26103 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26105 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26106 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26107 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26108 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26110 \\{superword-mode-map}
26112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26114 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26115 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26116 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26117 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26118 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26119 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26121 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26123 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26124 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26125 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26126 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26127 ARG is omitted or nil.
26129 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26130 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26131 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26135 ;;;***
26137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21678 60839
26138 ;;;;;; 889763 888000))
26139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26141 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26142 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26143 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26144 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26145 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26146 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26147 original message but it does require a few things:
26149 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26151 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26152 reply buffer.
26154 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26155 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26156 original message.
26158 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26160 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26162 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26163 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26164 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26166 \(fn)" nil nil)
26168 ;;;***
26170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21678 60840 421785
26171 ;;;;;; 191000))
26172 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26174 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26176 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26177 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26178 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26180 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26181 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26183 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26185 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26186 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26191 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26192 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26193 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26197 ;;;***
26199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21678 60840 421785 191000))
26200 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26202 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26203 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26204 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26205 buffer.
26207 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26208 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26209 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26211 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26213 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26214 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26215 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26216 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26217 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26218 buffer.
26220 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26221 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26222 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26224 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26226 ;;;***
26228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21804 4012 706063
26229 ;;;;;; 701000))
26230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26232 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26233 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26234 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26236 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26238 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26239 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26241 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26243 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26244 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26246 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26248 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26249 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26251 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26253 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26254 Insert an editable text table.
26255 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26256 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26257 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26258 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26259 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26260 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26261 delimiting them.
26263 Examples:
26265 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26267 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26268 location of point.
26272 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26273 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26274 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26275 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26276 first cell.
26278 +-----+-----+-----+
26279 |-!- | | |
26280 +-----+-----+-----+
26282 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26284 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26285 width, which results as
26287 +--------------+-----+-----+
26288 |-!- | | |
26289 +--------------+-----+-----+
26291 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26292 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26294 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26295 | | |-!- |
26296 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26298 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26299 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26300 width information to `table-insert'.
26302 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26304 instead of
26306 Cell width(s): 5
26308 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26309 work all together.
26311 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26312 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26314 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26315 |-!- | | |
26316 | | | |
26317 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26319 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26321 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26322 |-!- | | |
26323 | | | |
26324 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26325 | | | |
26326 | | | |
26327 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26329 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26331 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26332 | | | |
26333 | | | |
26334 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26335 | | | |
26336 | | | |
26337 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26340 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26341 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26342 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26344 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26345 | | | |
26346 | | | |
26347 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26348 | | | |
26349 | | | |
26350 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26351 |-!- | | |
26352 | | | |
26353 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26355 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26356 results.
26358 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26359 | | | |
26360 | | | |
26361 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26362 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26363 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26364 | | |expected results.-!- |
26365 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26366 | | | |
26367 | | | |
26368 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26370 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26372 \\{table-cell-map}
26374 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26376 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26377 Insert N table row(s).
26378 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26379 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26380 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26381 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26383 \(fn N)" t nil)
26385 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26386 Insert N table column(s).
26387 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26388 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26389 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26390 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26392 \(fn N)" t nil)
26394 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26395 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26396 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26398 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26400 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26401 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26402 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26403 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26404 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26405 all the table specific features.
26407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26409 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26412 \(fn)" t nil)
26414 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26415 Recognize all tables within region.
26416 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26417 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26418 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26419 specific features.
26421 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26423 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26426 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26428 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26429 Recognize a table at point.
26430 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26431 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26432 the table specific features.
26434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26436 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26439 \(fn)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26442 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26443 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26444 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26445 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26446 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26447 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26449 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26451 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26454 \(fn)" t nil)
26456 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26457 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26458 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26459 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26460 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26461 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26462 specified.
26464 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26466 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26467 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26468 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26469 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26470 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26471 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26472 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26473 table structure.
26475 \(fn N)" t nil)
26477 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26478 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26479 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26480 table's rectangle structure.
26482 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26484 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26485 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26486 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26487 table's rectangle structure.
26489 \(fn N)" t nil)
26491 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26492 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26493 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26494 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26495 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26497 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26499 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26500 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26501 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26503 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26504 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26505 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26506 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26507 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26508 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26509 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26511 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26512 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26513 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26514 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26515 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26516 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26517 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26519 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26520 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26521 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26522 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26523 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26524 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26525 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26526 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26528 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26530 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26531 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26532 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26533 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26537 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26538 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26539 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26541 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26543 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26544 Split current cell vertically.
26545 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26547 \(fn)" t nil)
26549 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26550 Split current cell horizontally.
26551 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26553 \(fn)" t nil)
26555 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26556 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26557 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26559 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26561 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26562 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26563 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26564 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26566 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26568 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26569 Justify cell contents.
26570 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26571 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26572 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26573 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26575 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26577 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26578 Justify cells of a row.
26579 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26580 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26582 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26584 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26585 Justify cells of a column.
26586 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26587 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26589 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26591 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26592 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26593 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26594 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26595 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26596 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26597 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26598 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26599 run-time.
26601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26603 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26604 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26605 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26606 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26607 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26608 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26609 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26610 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26611 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26612 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26613 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26615 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26617 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26618 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26619 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26620 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26621 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26622 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26623 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26624 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26625 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26626 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26627 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26628 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26629 untouched.
26631 References used for this implementation:
26633 HTML:
26634 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26636 LaTeX:
26637 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26639 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26640 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26641 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26643 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26645 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26646 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26647 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26648 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26649 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26650 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26651 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26652 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26653 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26654 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26655 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26656 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26657 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26658 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26659 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26660 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26661 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26663 Example:
26665 (progn
26666 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26667 (table-forward-cell 15)
26668 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26669 (table-forward-cell 16)
26670 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26671 (table-forward-cell 1)
26672 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26674 (progn
26675 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26676 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26677 (table-forward-cell 1)
26678 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26680 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26682 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26683 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26684 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26685 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26686 consists from cells of same height.
26688 \(fn N)" t nil)
26690 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26691 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26692 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26693 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26694 column must consists from cells of same width.
26696 \(fn N)" t nil)
26698 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26699 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26700 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26701 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26702 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26703 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26704 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26705 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26706 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26707 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26708 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26709 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26710 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26711 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26712 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26715 Example 1:
26717 1, 2, 3, 4
26718 5, 6, 7, 8
26719 , 9, 10
26721 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26722 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26723 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26724 specified as 5.
26726 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26727 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26728 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26729 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26730 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26731 | | 9 | 10 | |
26732 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26734 Note:
26736 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26737 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26738 of each row is optional.
26741 Example 2:
26743 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26744 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26745 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26746 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26747 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26749 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26750 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26752 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26753 expression and raw delimiter regular
26754 expression, it parses the specified text
26755 area and extracts cell items from
26756 non-table text and then forms a table out
26757 of them.
26759 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26760 creates a single cell table. The text in
26761 the specified region is placed in that
26762 cell.-*-
26764 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26765 like this.
26767 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26768 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26769 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26771 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26772 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26773 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26774 | area and extracts cell items from |
26775 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26776 | of them. |
26778 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26779 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26780 | the specified region is placed in that |
26781 | cell. |
26782 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26784 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26785 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26786 independently.
26788 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26789 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26790 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26791 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26792 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26793 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26794 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26795 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26796 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26797 | |of them. |
26798 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26799 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26800 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26801 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26802 | |cell. |
26803 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26805 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26806 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26807 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26809 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26811 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26812 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26813 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26814 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26815 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26817 \(fn)" t nil)
26819 ;;;***
26821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21678 60840 421785 191000))
26822 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26824 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26825 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26827 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26829 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26830 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26832 \(fn)" t nil)
26834 ;;;***
26836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21706 14224 305956
26837 ;;;;;; 524000))
26838 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26840 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26841 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26842 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26843 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26844 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26845 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26846 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26848 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26849 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26850 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26851 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26853 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26854 \\{tar-mode-map}
26856 \(fn)" t nil)
26858 ;;;***
26860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21678 60840 349782
26861 ;;;;;; 310000))
26862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26864 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26865 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26866 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26867 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26868 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26869 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26871 Variables controlling indentation style:
26872 `tcl-indent-level'
26873 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26874 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26875 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26877 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26878 documentation for details):
26879 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26880 Controls action of TAB key.
26881 `tcl-auto-newline'
26882 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26883 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26884 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26885 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26886 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26888 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26889 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26890 already exist.
26892 \(fn)" t nil)
26894 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26895 Run inferior Tcl process.
26896 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26897 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26899 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26901 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26902 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26903 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26905 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26907 ;;;***
26909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21678 60839 993768
26910 ;;;;;; 67000))
26911 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26913 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26914 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26915 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26916 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26918 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26919 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26920 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26921 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26922 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26924 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26926 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26927 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26928 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26929 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26931 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26933 ;;;***
26935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21798 37736 247770 610000))
26936 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26938 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26939 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26940 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26941 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26942 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26943 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26945 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26947 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26948 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26949 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26950 commands to use in that buffer.
26952 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26954 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26956 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26957 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26959 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26961 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26962 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26963 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26964 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26965 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26966 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26967 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26968 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26969 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26970 use in that buffer.
26971 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26973 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26975 ;;;***
26977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21678
26978 ;;;;;; 60839 497748 135000))
26979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26981 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26982 Start coverage on function under point.
26984 \(fn)" t nil)
26986 ;;;***
26988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21678 60840 209776
26989 ;;;;;; 710000))
26990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26991 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26993 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26994 Play the Tetris game.
26995 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26996 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26997 as to form complete rows.
26999 tetris-mode keybindings:
27000 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27001 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27002 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27003 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27004 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27005 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27006 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27007 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27008 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27010 \(fn)" t nil)
27012 ;;;***
27014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21678 60840
27015 ;;;;;; 485787 751000))
27016 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27018 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27019 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27021 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27023 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27024 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27025 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27026 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27027 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27029 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27031 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27032 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27033 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27034 if it matches the first line of the file,
27035 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27037 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27039 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27040 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27041 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27042 if the variable is non-nil.")
27044 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27046 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27047 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27049 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27051 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27052 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27053 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27054 See the documentation of that variable.")
27056 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27058 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27059 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27060 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27061 See the documentation of that variable.")
27063 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27065 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27066 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27067 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27068 See the documentation of that variable.")
27070 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27072 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27073 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27074 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27075 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27076 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27078 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27080 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27081 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27082 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27083 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27085 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27087 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27088 User defined LaTeX block names.
27089 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27091 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27093 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27094 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27095 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27096 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27098 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27100 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27101 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27102 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27103 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27105 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27107 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27108 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27109 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27110 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27112 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27113 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27114 for example,
27116 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27117 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27119 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27120 use.")
27122 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27124 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27125 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27126 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27127 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27128 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27130 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27132 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27134 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27135 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27136 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27138 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27140 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27141 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27142 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27143 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27144 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27146 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27148 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27149 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27151 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27153 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27154 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27156 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27158 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27159 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27160 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27161 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27162 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27163 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27164 says which mode to use.
27166 \(fn)" t nil)
27168 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27170 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27172 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27174 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27175 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27176 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27177 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27178 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27180 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27181 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27182 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27183 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27184 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27185 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27186 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27188 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27189 mismatched $'s or braces.
27191 Special commands:
27192 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27194 Mode variables:
27195 tex-run-command
27196 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27197 tex-directory
27198 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27199 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27200 tex-dvi-print-command
27201 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27202 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27203 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27204 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27205 tex-dvi-view-command
27206 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27207 tex-show-queue-command
27208 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27209 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27211 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27212 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27213 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27215 \(fn)" t nil)
27217 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27218 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27219 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27220 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27221 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27223 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27224 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27225 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27226 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27227 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27228 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27229 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27231 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27232 mismatched $'s or braces.
27234 Special commands:
27235 \\{latex-mode-map}
27237 Mode variables:
27238 latex-run-command
27239 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27240 tex-directory
27241 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27242 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27243 tex-dvi-print-command
27244 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27245 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27246 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27247 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27248 tex-dvi-view-command
27249 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27250 tex-show-queue-command
27251 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27252 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27254 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27255 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27256 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27258 \(fn)" t nil)
27260 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27261 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27262 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27263 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27264 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27266 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27267 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27268 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27269 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27270 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27271 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27272 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27274 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27275 mismatched $'s or braces.
27277 Special commands:
27278 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27280 Mode variables:
27281 slitex-run-command
27282 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27283 tex-directory
27284 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27285 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27286 tex-dvi-print-command
27287 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27288 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27289 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27290 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27291 tex-dvi-view-command
27292 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27293 tex-show-queue-command
27294 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27295 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27297 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27298 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27299 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27300 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27302 \(fn)" t nil)
27304 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27307 \(fn)" nil nil)
27309 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27310 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27312 \(fn)" t nil)
27314 ;;;***
27316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21678 60840
27317 ;;;;;; 489787 911000))
27318 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27320 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27321 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27322 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27323 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27325 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27326 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27327 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27329 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27331 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27332 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27333 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27334 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27335 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27337 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27339 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27340 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27341 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27342 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27344 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27345 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27346 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27347 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27349 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27350 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27352 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27354 ;;;***
27356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21678 60840
27357 ;;;;;; 489787 911000))
27358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27360 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27361 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27363 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27365 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27366 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27368 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27370 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27371 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27373 It has these extra commands:
27374 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27376 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27377 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27378 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27379 modified version of TeX input format.
27381 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27382 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27383 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27384 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27386 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27387 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27388 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27389 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27390 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27391 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27392 in the Texinfo file.
27394 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27395 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27396 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27397 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27398 move forward past the closing brace.
27400 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27401 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27403 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27404 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27405 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27407 Here are the functions:
27409 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27410 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27411 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27413 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27414 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27415 texinfo-master-menu
27417 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27419 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27420 which menu descriptions are indented.
27422 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27423 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27424 in the region.
27426 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27427 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27428 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27429 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27431 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27432 be the first node in the file.
27434 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27435 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27437 \(fn)" t nil)
27439 ;;;***
27441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21678
27442 ;;;;;; 60839 817760 994000))
27443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27445 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27446 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27447 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27448 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27450 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27452 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27453 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27455 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27457 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27458 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27460 \(fn)" t nil)
27462 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27465 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27467 ;;;***
27469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21678 60840 493788
27470 ;;;;;; 71000))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27473 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27474 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27475 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27476 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27477 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27478 `line', and `page'.
27480 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27482 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27483 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27484 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27485 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27486 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27487 `line', and `page'.
27489 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27490 valid THING.
27492 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27493 positions of the thing found.
27495 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27497 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27498 Return the THING at point.
27499 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27500 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27501 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27502 `line', `number', and `page'.
27504 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27505 strip text properties from the return value.
27507 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27508 a symbol as a valid THING.
27510 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27512 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27513 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27515 \(fn)" nil nil)
27517 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27518 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27520 \(fn)" nil nil)
27522 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27523 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27525 \(fn)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27528 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27530 \(fn)" nil nil)
27532 ;;;***
27534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21678 60840 493788 71000))
27535 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27537 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27538 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27540 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27542 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27543 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27544 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27545 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27547 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27549 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27550 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27552 \(fn)" t nil)
27554 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27555 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27557 \(fn)" t nil)
27559 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27561 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27562 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27564 \(fn)" t nil)
27566 ;;;***
27568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21678
27569 ;;;;;; 60839 817760 994000))
27570 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27572 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27573 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27574 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27576 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27578 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27579 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27581 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27583 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27584 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27585 The returned string has no composition information.
27587 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27589 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27590 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27592 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27594 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27595 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27597 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27599 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27600 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27601 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27602 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27604 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27606 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27607 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27608 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27609 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27611 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27613 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27614 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27615 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27617 \(fn)" t nil)
27619 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27620 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27621 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27623 \(fn)" t nil)
27625 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27628 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27630 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27633 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27635 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27638 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27640 ;;;***
27642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21694 48017
27643 ;;;;;; 622101 735000))
27644 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27645 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27647 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27648 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27649 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27650 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27651 parameters.
27652 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27653 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27654 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27656 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27659 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27660 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27661 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27662 parameters.
27663 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27664 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27665 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27667 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27669 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27670 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27673 * character before point is a space character,
27674 * character before that has “w” character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27675 constituent),
27676 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27677 characters) from before the space character, and
27678 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27679 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27680 return t.
27682 Otherwise, if
27683 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27684 * character before point is a space character, and
27685 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27686 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27687 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27689 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27691 \(fn)" t nil)
27693 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27694 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27696 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27697 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27698 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27699 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27701 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27702 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27703 variable will be set to the representation.
27705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27707 ;;;***
27709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21678 60840 493788 71000))
27710 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27712 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27713 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27715 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27716 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27718 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27719 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27720 This display updates automatically every minute.
27721 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27722 are displayed as well.
27723 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27725 \(fn)" t nil)
27727 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27728 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27729 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27732 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27734 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27736 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27737 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27740 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27742 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27743 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27744 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27745 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27746 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27750 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27751 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27752 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27753 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27755 \(fn)" t nil)
27757 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27758 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27759 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27760 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27762 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27764 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27765 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27767 \(fn)" t nil)
27769 ;;;***
27771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21678
27772 ;;;;;; 60839 321741 62000))
27773 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27775 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27776 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27777 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27779 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27780 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27781 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27782 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27783 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27784 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27786 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27787 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27789 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27791 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27792 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27794 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27796 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27797 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27798 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27800 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27802 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27803 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27804 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27805 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27807 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27808 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27809 DATE should be a date-time string.
27811 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27813 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27814 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27815 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27817 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27819 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27820 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27822 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27824 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27825 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27827 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27829 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27830 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27831 TIME should be a time value.
27832 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27834 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27836 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27837 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27838 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27840 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27842 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27843 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27844 The valid format specifiers are:
27845 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27846 %d is the number of days.
27847 %h is the number of hours.
27848 %m is the number of minutes.
27849 %s is the number of seconds.
27850 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27851 %% is a literal \"%\".
27853 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27854 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27856 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27857 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27858 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27860 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27861 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27862 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27864 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27866 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27868 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27869 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27871 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27873 ;;;***
27875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21678 60840 493788
27876 ;;;;;; 71000))
27877 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27878 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27879 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27880 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27881 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27882 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27883 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27884 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27885 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27887 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27888 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27889 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27890 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27891 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27892 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27893 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27894 look like one of the following:
27895 Time-stamp: <>
27896 Time-stamp: \" \"
27897 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27898 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27899 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27900 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27901 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27902 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27903 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27904 the template.
27906 \(fn)" t nil)
27908 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27909 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27910 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27914 ;;;***
27916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21678
27917 ;;;;;; 60839 321741 62000))
27918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27919 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27921 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27922 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27923 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27926 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27928 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27930 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27931 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27932 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27933 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27934 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27935 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27936 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27937 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27938 display (non-nil means on).
27940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27942 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27943 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27944 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27945 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27946 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27947 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27948 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27949 this function is called within a day.
27951 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27952 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27953 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27954 discover the name of the project.
27956 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27958 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27959 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27960 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27961 begun during the last time segment.
27963 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27964 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27965 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27966 discover the reason.
27968 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27970 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27971 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27972 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27973 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27974 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27976 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27978 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27979 Change to working on a different project.
27980 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27981 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27982 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27983 working on.
27985 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27987 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27988 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27989 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27991 \(fn)" nil nil)
27993 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27994 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27995 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27997 \(fn)" t nil)
27999 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28000 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28001 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28002 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28003 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28004 \"relative to today\".
28006 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28008 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28009 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28010 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28011 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28013 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28015 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28016 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28017 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28018 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28019 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28020 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28022 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28024 ;;;***
28026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28027 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 785759 709000))
28028 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28030 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28031 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28032 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28033 the generated Quail package is saved.
28035 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28037 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28038 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28039 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28040 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28041 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28042 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28043 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28045 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28047 ;;;***
28049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21678 60840 497788 230000))
28050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28051 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28052 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28054 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28055 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28056 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28057 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28058 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28060 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28061 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28062 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28064 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28066 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28067 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28068 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28069 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28070 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28072 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28074 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28075 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28076 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28077 in the menu in two ways:
28078 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28079 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28080 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28082 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28083 keymap or an alist of alists.
28084 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28085 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28087 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28089 ;;;***
28091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21756
28092 ;;;;;; 63737 814475 170000))
28093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28095 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28096 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28098 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28099 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28100 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28101 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28102 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28103 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28104 file was last visited.
28106 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28107 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28108 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28109 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28110 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28111 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28112 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28113 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28114 for the first item.
28116 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28117 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28118 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28119 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28120 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28121 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28122 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28123 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28125 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28126 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28127 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28128 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28129 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28131 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28132 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28134 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28136 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28137 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28139 \\{todo-mode-map}
28141 \(fn)" t nil)
28143 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28144 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28146 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28148 \(fn)" t nil)
28150 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28151 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28153 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28155 \(fn)" t nil)
28157 ;;;***
28159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21678 60840 497788
28160 ;;;;;; 230000))
28161 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28163 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28164 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28165 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28169 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28170 Add an item to the tool bar.
28171 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28172 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28173 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28174 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28176 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28177 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28178 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28179 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28181 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28182 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28184 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28186 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28187 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28188 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28189 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28190 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28191 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28193 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28194 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28195 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28196 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28198 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28200 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28201 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28202 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28203 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28204 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28205 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28206 properties to add to the binding.
28208 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28210 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28211 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28213 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28215 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28216 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28217 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28218 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28219 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28220 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28221 properties to add to the binding.
28223 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28224 holds a keymap.
28226 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28228 ;;;***
28230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21678 60839 497748
28231 ;;;;;; 135000))
28232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28234 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28235 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28236 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28237 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28238 to a tcp server on another machine.
28240 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28242 ;;;***
28244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21741 17831
28245 ;;;;;; 261102 632000))
28246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28248 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28249 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28251 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28253 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28254 Helper function to get internal values.
28255 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28257 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28259 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28260 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28261 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28262 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28264 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28265 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28266 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28267 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28268 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28270 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28271 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28272 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28273 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28275 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28277 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28279 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28280 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28281 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28282 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28284 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28286 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28288 ;;;***
28290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21765 52461 392136
28291 ;;;;;; 351000))
28292 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28294 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28295 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28296 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28298 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28300 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28301 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28303 It can have the following values:
28305 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28306 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28308 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28310 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28311 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28312 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28313 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28315 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28317 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28318 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28319 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28320 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28322 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28323 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28324 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28325 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28326 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28327 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28328 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28329 files which are not really Tramp files.
28331 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28332 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28333 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28334 updated after changing this variable.
28336 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28338 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28339 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28340 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28341 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28343 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28345 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28346 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28347 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28348 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28350 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28351 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28352 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28354 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28355 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28356 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28357 updated after changing this variable.
28359 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28361 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28362 Alist of completion handler functions.
28363 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28364 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28365 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28367 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28368 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28369 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28370 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28372 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28373 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28374 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28376 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28377 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28379 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28380 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28382 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28384 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28387 \(fn)" nil nil)
28389 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28390 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28392 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28394 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28395 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28397 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28399 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28400 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28402 \(fn)" t nil)
28404 ;;;***
28406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21678 60839
28407 ;;;;;; 997768 228000))
28408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28410 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28413 \(fn)" nil nil)
28415 ;;;***
28417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21678 60840 497788
28418 ;;;;;; 230000))
28419 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28421 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28422 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28423 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28424 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28425 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28426 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28427 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28428 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28430 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28431 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28432 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28434 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28435 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28436 resumed later.
28438 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28440 ;;;***
28442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21605 26936
28443 ;;;;;; 888025 150000))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28446 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28449 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28451 ;;;***
28453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21678
28454 ;;;;;; 60840 493788 71000))
28455 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28456 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28457 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28458 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28460 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28461 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28462 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28463 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28464 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28465 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28466 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28470 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28471 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28472 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28473 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28475 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28477 \(fn)" t nil)
28479 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28480 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28481 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28482 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28483 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28484 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28485 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28487 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28488 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28490 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28491 \\___/\\
28492 / \\
28493 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28495 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28497 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28499 ;;;***
28501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21678 60840 497788
28502 ;;;;;; 230000))
28503 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28505 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28506 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28507 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28509 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28510 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28512 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28514 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28515 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28516 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28518 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28519 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28520 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28521 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28522 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28523 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28524 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28526 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28527 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28529 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28530 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28531 reset the keystroke counter.
28533 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28534 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28535 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28536 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28538 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28539 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28540 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28541 `type-break-schedule' command.
28543 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28544 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28545 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28546 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28547 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28548 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28549 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28550 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28551 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28553 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28554 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28555 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28556 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28557 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28559 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28560 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28561 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28562 approximate good values for this.
28564 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28565 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28567 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28568 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28569 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28570 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28571 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28572 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28574 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28575 a typing break occur. They include:
28577 `type-break-query-mode'
28578 `type-break-query-function'
28579 `type-break-query-interval'
28581 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28583 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28584 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28585 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28586 problems.
28588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28590 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28591 Take a typing break.
28593 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28594 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28596 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28597 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28599 \(fn)" t nil)
28601 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28602 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28603 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28604 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28606 \(fn)" t nil)
28608 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28609 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28611 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28612 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28613 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28614 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28615 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28616 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28617 average typing speed.)
28619 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28620 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28621 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28622 the computed maximum threshold.
28624 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28625 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28626 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28627 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28628 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28630 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28632 ;;;***
28634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21678 60839 889763 888000))
28635 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28637 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28638 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28639 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28640 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28641 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28643 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28645 ;;;***
28647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28648 ;;;;;; (21678 60839 785759 709000))
28649 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28651 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28652 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28654 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28656 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28657 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28659 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28661 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28662 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28664 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28666 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28667 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28669 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28671 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28672 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28674 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28676 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28677 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28679 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28681 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28682 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28684 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28686 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28687 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28689 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28691 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28692 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28694 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28696 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28697 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28699 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28701 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28702 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28704 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28706 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28707 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28709 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28711 ;;;***
28713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21678
28714 ;;;;;; 60840 493788 71000))
28715 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28717 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28718 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28719 Works by overstriking underscores.
28720 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28721 which specify the range to operate on.
28723 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28725 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28726 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28727 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28728 which specify the range to operate on.
28730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28732 ;;;***
28734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21678 60839 893764
28735 ;;;;;; 49000))
28736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28738 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28739 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28740 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28741 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28742 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28743 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28745 \(fn)" nil nil)
28747 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28748 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28749 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28751 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28753 ;;;***
28755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21678 60839
28756 ;;;;;; 497748 135000))
28757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28759 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28760 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28761 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28762 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28764 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28766 ;;;***
28768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21678 60840 513788 871000))
28769 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28771 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28772 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28773 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28774 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28775 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28777 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28778 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28779 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28780 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28781 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28782 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28784 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28785 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28786 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28788 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28789 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28790 the callback is not called).
28792 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28793 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28794 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28795 take effect.
28797 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28798 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28799 the server.
28800 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28801 URL-encoded before it's used.
28803 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28805 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28806 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28807 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28808 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28809 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28811 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28813 ;;;***
28815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21678 60840 501788
28816 ;;;;;; 391000))
28817 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28819 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28820 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28821 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28823 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28824 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28825 `url-generic-parse-url'
28826 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28827 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28828 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28829 realm
28830 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28831 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28832 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28833 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28834 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28835 what type of auth to use
28836 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28837 if one cannot be found in the cache
28839 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28841 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28842 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28844 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28845 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28846 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28847 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28848 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28849 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28850 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28851 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28853 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28855 ;;;***
28857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21678 60840
28858 ;;;;;; 501788 391000))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28861 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28862 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28864 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28866 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28867 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28868 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28870 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28872 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28873 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28875 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28877 ;;;***
28879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21678 60840 501788
28880 ;;;;;; 391000))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28883 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28886 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28888 ;;;***
28890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21697 290 540850
28891 ;;;;;; 262000))
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28894 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28895 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28896 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28898 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28901 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28902 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28903 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28905 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28906 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28907 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28908 though.
28910 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28912 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28913 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28914 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28916 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28918 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28921 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28923 ;;;***
28925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21678 60840 505788
28926 ;;;;;; 551000))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28929 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28930 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28932 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28934 ;;;***
28936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21678 60840 505788
28937 ;;;;;; 551000))
28938 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28940 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28941 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28943 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28945 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28946 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28947 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28948 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28949 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28951 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28952 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28954 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28956 ;;;***
28958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21765
28959 ;;;;;; 52463 696089 51000))
28960 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28962 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28963 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28964 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28965 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28966 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28967 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28969 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28971 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28972 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28973 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28974 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28975 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28979 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28980 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28981 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28982 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28984 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28986 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28987 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28988 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28989 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28990 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28991 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28992 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28993 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28994 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28995 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28997 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28999 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29000 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29001 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29002 accessible.
29004 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29009 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29011 ;;;***
29013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21678 60840 509788
29014 ;;;;;; 711000))
29015 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29016 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29018 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29019 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29020 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29021 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29022 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29024 ;;;***
29026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21678 60840 509788
29027 ;;;;;; 711000))
29028 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29030 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29033 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29035 ;;;***
29037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21678 60840 509788
29038 ;;;;;; 711000))
29039 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29041 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29042 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29043 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29044 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29045 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29047 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29049 ;;;***
29051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21678 60840
29052 ;;;;;; 509788 711000))
29053 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29055 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29058 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29060 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29061 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29063 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29065 ;;;***
29067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21678 60840 509788
29068 ;;;;;; 711000))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29071 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29072 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29074 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29076 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29077 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29079 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29081 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29084 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29086 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29088 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29090 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29092 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29093 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29095 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29097 ;;;***
29099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21678 60840 509788
29100 ;;;;;; 711000))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29103 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29106 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29108 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29111 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29113 ;;;***
29115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21678 60840 509788
29116 ;;;;;; 711000))
29117 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29119 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29122 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29124 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29127 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29129 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29132 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29134 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29137 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29139 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29142 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29144 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29147 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29149 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29152 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29154 ;;;***
29156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21678 60840
29157 ;;;;;; 509788 711000))
29158 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29160 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29161 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29163 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29165 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29166 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29167 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29169 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29170 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29171 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29172 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29173 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29174 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29175 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29176 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29177 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29178 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29179 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29180 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29181 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29182 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29184 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29185 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29186 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29188 Here is an example. The URL
29190 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29192 parses to
29194 TYPE = \"foo\"
29195 USER = \"bob\"
29196 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29197 HOST = \"example.com\"
29198 PORTSPEC = 42
29199 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29200 TARGET = \"nose\"
29201 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29202 FULLNESS = t
29204 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29206 ;;;***
29208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21678 60840
29209 ;;;;;; 509788 711000))
29210 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29212 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29213 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29215 \(fn)" t nil)
29217 ;;;***
29219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21678 60840
29220 ;;;;;; 509788 711000))
29221 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29223 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29224 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29225 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29226 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29227 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29228 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29230 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29232 ;;;***
29234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21678 60840
29235 ;;;;;; 509788 711000))
29236 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29238 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29239 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29240 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29242 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29244 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29245 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29246 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29247 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29249 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29251 ;;;***
29253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21678 60840 513788
29254 ;;;;;; 871000))
29255 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29257 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29258 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29259 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29261 If t, all messages will be logged.
29262 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29263 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29265 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29267 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29270 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29272 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29275 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29277 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29278 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29279 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29280 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29281 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29282 & ==> &amp;
29283 < ==> &lt;
29284 > ==> &gt;
29285 \" ==> &quot;
29287 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29289 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29290 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29291 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29293 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29295 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29296 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29297 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29299 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29301 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29302 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29304 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29306 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29307 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29309 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29311 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29312 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29314 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29316 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29319 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29321 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29324 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29326 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29328 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29329 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29331 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29333 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29334 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29336 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29338 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29341 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29343 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29344 Build a query-string.
29346 Given a QUERY in the form:
29347 '((key1 val1)
29348 (key2 val2)
29349 (key3 val1 val2)
29350 (key4)
29351 (key5 \"\"))
29353 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29355 This will return a string
29356 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29357 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29358 be used.
29360 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29362 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29363 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29365 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29367 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29368 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29369 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29370 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29371 forbidden in URL encoding.
29373 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29375 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29376 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29377 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29378 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29379 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29380 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29382 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29383 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29384 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29385 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29387 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29389 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29390 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29391 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29392 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29393 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29394 should return it unchanged.
29396 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29398 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29399 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29400 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29401 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29403 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29405 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29406 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29407 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29409 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29411 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29412 View the current document's URL.
29413 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29414 the minibuffer.
29416 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29418 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29420 ;;;***
29422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21678 60840 513788
29423 ;;;;;; 871000))
29424 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29426 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29427 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29428 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29429 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29430 to refrain from editing the file
29431 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29432 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29433 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29434 in any way you like.
29436 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29438 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29439 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29440 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29441 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29442 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29444 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29445 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29447 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29449 ;;;***
29451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21678 60839
29452 ;;;;;; 785759 709000))
29453 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29455 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29458 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29460 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29463 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29465 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29468 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29470 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29473 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29475 ;;;***
29477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21678 60839 733757 619000))
29478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29480 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29481 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29483 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29485 ;;;***
29487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21678 60839
29488 ;;;;;; 893764 49000))
29489 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29491 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29492 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29493 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29494 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29496 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29498 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29499 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29500 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29502 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29504 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29505 Uudecode region between START and END.
29506 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29508 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29510 ;;;***
29512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21756 63738 30469 750000))
29513 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29515 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29516 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29517 See `run-hooks'.")
29519 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29521 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29522 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29523 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29525 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29527 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29528 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29529 See `run-hooks'.")
29531 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29533 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29534 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29536 If FILE is already registered, return the
29537 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29538 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29539 responsible for FILE is returned.
29541 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29543 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29544 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29545 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29546 same state. If not, signal an error.
29548 For merging-based version control systems:
29549 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29550 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29551 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29552 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29553 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29554 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29556 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29557 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29558 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29559 the file(s) for editing.
29560 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29561 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29562 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29563 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29564 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29566 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29568 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29569 Register into a version control system.
29570 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29571 Otherwise register the current file.
29572 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29574 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29575 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29576 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29577 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29578 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29579 first backend that could register the file is used.
29581 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29583 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29584 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29586 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29588 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29589 Display diffs between file revisions.
29590 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29591 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29592 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29594 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29595 saving the buffer.
29597 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29599 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29600 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29601 repository history using ediff.
29603 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29605 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29606 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29607 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29608 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29609 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29611 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29612 saving the buffer.
29614 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29616 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29617 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29618 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29619 fileset with the working revision.
29620 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29621 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29623 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29624 saving the buffer.
29626 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29628 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29629 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29630 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29632 \(fn)" nil nil)
29634 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29635 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29636 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29637 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29639 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29641 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29642 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29643 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29644 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29646 \(fn)" t nil)
29648 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29649 Perform a version control merge operation.
29650 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29651 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29652 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29653 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29655 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29656 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29657 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29658 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29659 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29660 changes from the current branch.
29662 \(fn)" t nil)
29664 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29666 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29667 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29668 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29669 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29670 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29671 checked out in that new branch.
29673 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29675 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29676 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29677 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29678 named branch in the directory DIR.
29679 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29680 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29681 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29682 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29683 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29684 allowed and simply skipped).
29686 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29688 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29689 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29690 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29691 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29692 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29694 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29695 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29697 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29699 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29700 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29701 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29702 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29703 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29705 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29707 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29708 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29709 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29711 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29713 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29714 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29715 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29717 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29719 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29720 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29722 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29724 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29725 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29726 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29727 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29729 \(fn)" t nil)
29731 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29733 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29734 Update the current fileset or branch.
29735 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29736 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29737 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29738 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29740 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29741 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29742 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29743 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29744 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29748 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29750 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29751 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29752 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29753 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29754 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29755 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29756 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29758 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29760 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29761 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29762 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29763 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29764 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29765 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29766 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29767 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29768 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29770 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29772 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29773 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29774 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29775 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29777 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29779 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29780 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29781 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29782 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29784 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29786 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29787 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29788 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29789 directory.
29791 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29793 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29794 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29795 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29797 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29798 log entries should be gathered.
29800 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29802 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29803 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29805 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29807 ;;;***
29809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21678 60840
29810 ;;;;;; 537789 831000))
29811 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29813 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29814 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29816 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29817 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29818 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29819 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29820 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29821 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29823 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29824 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29825 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29826 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29827 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29828 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29829 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29830 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29832 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29834 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29836 Customization variables:
29838 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29839 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29840 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29841 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29842 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29843 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29845 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29847 ;;;***
29849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21743 64718 144093
29850 ;;;;;; 773000))
29851 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29853 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29854 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29856 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29857 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29858 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29859 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29860 (progn
29861 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29862 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29864 ;;;***
29866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21743 64718 148093
29867 ;;;;;; 697000))
29868 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29869 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29870 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29871 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29872 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29873 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29874 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29876 ;;;***
29878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21694 48017 622101
29879 ;;;;;; 735000))
29880 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29882 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29883 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29884 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29885 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29886 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29888 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29889 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29890 The file lines appear later.
29892 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29893 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29895 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29897 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29899 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29901 ;;;***
29903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21803
29904 ;;;;;; 61751 309339 979000))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29907 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29908 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29909 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29910 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29911 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29912 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29913 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29914 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29915 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29916 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29917 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29918 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29919 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29920 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29921 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29923 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29925 ;;;***
29927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21743 64718 148093
29928 ;;;;;; 697000))
29929 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29930 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29931 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29932 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29933 (progn
29934 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29935 (vc-git-registered file))))
29937 ;;;***
29939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21743 64718 148093 697000))
29940 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29941 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29942 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29943 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29944 (progn
29945 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29946 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29948 ;;;***
29950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21743 64718 148093
29951 ;;;;;; 697000))
29952 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29954 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29955 Name of the monotone directory.")
29957 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29958 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29959 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29960 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29961 (progn
29962 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29963 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29965 ;;;***
29967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21756 63738 26469
29968 ;;;;;; 850000))
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29971 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29972 Where to look for RCS master files.
29973 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29975 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29977 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29979 ;;;***
29981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21756 63738 26469
29982 ;;;;;; 850000))
29983 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29985 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29986 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29987 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29989 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29991 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29993 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29994 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29995 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29996 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29998 ;;;***
30000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21756 63738 26469
30001 ;;;;;; 850000))
30002 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30004 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30005 Where to look for SRC master files.
30006 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30008 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30010 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30012 ;;;***
30014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21743 64718 148093
30015 ;;;;;; 697000))
30016 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30017 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30018 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30019 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30020 "_svn")
30021 (t ".svn"))))
30022 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30023 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30024 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30026 ;;;***
30028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21678
30029 ;;;;;; 60840 349782 310000))
30030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30031 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30032 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30034 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30035 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30037 Usage:
30038 ------
30040 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30041 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30042 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30043 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30045 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30046 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30047 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30048 completions.
30050 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30051 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30053 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30054 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30056 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30057 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30058 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30060 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30063 Maintenance:
30064 ------------
30066 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30067 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30069 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30071 Official distribution is at
30072 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30075 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30076 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30078 Key bindings:
30079 -------------
30081 \\{vera-mode-map}
30083 \(fn)" t nil)
30085 ;;;***
30087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30088 ;;;;;; (21737 7371 369619 402000))
30089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30091 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30092 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30093 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30094 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30095 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30097 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30099 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30100 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30102 Supports highlighting.
30104 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30105 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30107 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30109 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30110 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30111 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30112 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30113 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30114 on the left side of your screen.
30115 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30116 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30117 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30118 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30119 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30120 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30121 function keyword.
30122 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30123 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30124 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30125 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30126 if (a)
30127 begin
30128 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30129 Indentation for case statements.
30130 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30131 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30132 mark after an end.
30133 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30134 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30135 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30136 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30137 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30138 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30139 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30140 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30141 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30142 if (a)
30143 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30144 otherwise you get:
30145 if (a)
30146 begin
30147 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30148 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30149 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30150 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30151 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30152 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30153 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30154 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30155 comments in tight quarters.
30156 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30157 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30159 Variables controlling other actions:
30161 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30162 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30163 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30165 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30167 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30169 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30170 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30171 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30173 Some other functions are:
30175 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30176 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30177 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30178 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30179 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30181 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30182 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30183 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30184 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30186 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30187 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30188 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30189 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30190 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30191 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30192 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30193 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30194 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30195 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30196 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30197 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30198 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30199 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30200 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30201 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30202 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30203 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30204 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30205 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30206 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30207 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30208 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30209 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30210 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30211 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30212 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30213 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30214 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30215 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30216 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30218 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30219 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30221 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30223 \(fn)" t nil)
30225 ;;;***
30227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21799
30228 ;;;;;; 14913 220433 536000))
30229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30231 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30232 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30234 Usage:
30235 ------
30237 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30238 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30239 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30240 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30241 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30242 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30243 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30244 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30245 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30247 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30248 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30249 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30250 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30252 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30253 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30254 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30255 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30256 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30258 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30259 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30262 HEADER INSERTION:
30263 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30264 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30265 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30268 STUTTERING:
30269 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30270 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30271 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30272 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30274 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30275 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30276 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30277 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30278 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30281 WORD COMPLETION:
30282 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30283 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30284 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30285 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30287 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30288 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30289 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30290 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30291 beginning with \"std\").
30293 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30294 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30295 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30296 stop.
30299 COMMENTS:
30300 `--' puts a single comment.
30301 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30302 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30303 with a comment in between.
30304 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30305 out following lines.
30306 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30307 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30308 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30309 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30311 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30312 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30313 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30314 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30315 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30316 non-nil.
30318 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30319 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30320 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30321 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30322 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30323 multi-line comments.
30326 INDENTATION:
30327 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30328 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30329 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30330 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30331 the entire region.
30333 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30334 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30335 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30336 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30338 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30339 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30340 and vice versa.
30342 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30343 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30345 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30346 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30347 line.
30350 ALIGNMENT:
30351 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30352 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30353 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30354 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30355 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30356 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30357 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30358 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30360 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30361 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30362 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30363 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30364 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30365 is non-nil.
30367 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30368 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30369 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30371 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30372 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30375 CODE FILLING:
30376 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30377 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30378 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30379 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30380 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30381 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30384 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30385 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30386 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30387 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30388 command:
30390 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30393 PORT TRANSLATION:
30394 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30395 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30396 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30397 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30398 internal signal initializations (menu).
30400 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30401 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30402 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30404 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30405 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30406 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30407 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30408 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30409 in subsequent paste operations.)
30411 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30412 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30413 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30416 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30417 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30418 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30419 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30420 association list with formals).
30423 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30424 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30425 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30426 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30427 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30428 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30429 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30430 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30431 `vhdl-testbench'.
30434 KEY BINDINGS:
30435 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30438 VHDL MENU:
30439 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30442 FILE BROWSER:
30443 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30444 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30445 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30447 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30448 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30451 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30452 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30453 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30454 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30456 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30457 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30458 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30460 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30461 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30462 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30463 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30465 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30466 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30467 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30468 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30469 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30471 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30472 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30473 required by secondary units.
30476 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30477 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30478 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30479 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30480 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30481 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30482 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30483 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30484 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30485 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30486 inputs to this component -> input port created
30487 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30488 outputs from this component -> output port created
30489 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30490 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30492 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30493 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30494 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30495 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30496 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30498 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30499 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30501 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30502 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30503 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30504 component instantiation is also supported (option
30505 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30507 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30508 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30509 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30510 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30511 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30512 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30513 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30514 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30515 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30516 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30517 generating the configuration.
30519 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30520 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30521 configurations in speedbar.
30523 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30526 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30527 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30528 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30529 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30530 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30531 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30532 information. New compilers can be added.
30534 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30535 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30538 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30539 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30540 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30541 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30542 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30544 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30545 command:
30547 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30548 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30549 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30551 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30552 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30553 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30554 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30555 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30556 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30557 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30558 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30559 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30561 Limitations:
30562 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30563 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30564 not (yet) supported.
30565 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30566 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30567 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30570 PROJECTS:
30571 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30572 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30573 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30574 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30575 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30576 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30577 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30578 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30580 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30581 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30582 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30583 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30584 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30585 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30586 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30587 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30588 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30589 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30590 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30593 SPECIAL MENUES:
30594 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30595 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30596 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30597 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30598 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30599 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30600 current directory for VHDL source files.
30603 VHDL STANDARDS:
30604 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30605 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30608 KEYWORD CASE:
30609 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30610 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30611 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30612 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30613 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30614 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30615 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30616 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30619 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30620 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30621 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30622 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30623 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30624 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30625 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30627 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30628 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30629 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30630 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30631 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30632 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30634 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30635 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30636 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30637 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30638 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30639 visually.
30641 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30642 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30643 highlighted if written in lower case.
30645 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30646 highlighted using a different background color if option
30647 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30649 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30650 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30651 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30652 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30653 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30656 USER MODELS:
30657 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30658 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30659 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30662 HIDE/SHOW:
30663 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30664 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30665 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30666 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30667 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30670 CODE UPDATING:
30671 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30672 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30673 Limitations:
30674 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30675 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30676 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30677 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30678 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30679 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30680 (used to obtain the port names).
30681 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30682 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30683 sensitivity lists.
30686 CODE FIXING:
30687 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30688 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30691 PRINTING:
30692 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30693 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30694 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30695 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30696 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30697 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30698 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30699 printers.
30702 OPTIONS:
30703 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30704 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30705 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30706 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30707 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30709 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30710 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30711 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30712 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30713 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30714 INSTALL file).
30716 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30717 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30720 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30721 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30722 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30723 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30725 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30728 HINTS:
30729 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30730 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30732 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30734 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30736 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30739 RELEASE NOTES:
30740 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30743 Maintenance:
30744 ------------
30746 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30747 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30749 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30751 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30752 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30753 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30754 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30756 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30757 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30758 where the latest version can be found.
30761 Known problems:
30762 ---------------
30764 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30765 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30766 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30767 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30770 The VHDL Mode Authors
30771 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30773 Key bindings:
30774 -------------
30776 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30778 \(fn)" t nil)
30780 ;;;***
30782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21678
30783 ;;;;;; 60839 821761 156000))
30784 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30786 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30787 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30789 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30791 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30792 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30793 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30794 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30796 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30798 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30799 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30801 \(fn)" t nil)
30803 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30804 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30805 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30806 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30808 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30810 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30811 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30813 \(fn)" t nil)
30815 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30818 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30820 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30823 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30825 ;;;***
30827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21678 60840 553790 471000))
30828 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30830 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30831 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30832 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30834 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30836 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30837 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30838 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30839 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30841 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30843 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30844 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30846 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30848 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30849 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30850 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30851 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30852 moving around in the buffer.
30853 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30854 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30856 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30858 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30860 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30861 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30862 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30863 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30865 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30866 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30867 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30868 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30869 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30871 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30873 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30875 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30876 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30877 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30878 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30879 buffer.
30881 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30882 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30883 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30884 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30885 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30887 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30889 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30891 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30892 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30893 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30894 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30895 moving around in the buffer.
30896 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30897 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30899 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30901 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30902 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30903 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30905 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30906 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30907 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30908 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30910 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30911 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30912 own View-like bindings.
30914 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30916 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30917 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30918 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30919 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30920 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30921 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30922 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30924 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30926 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30928 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30929 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30930 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30932 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30933 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30934 own View-like bindings.
30936 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30938 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30939 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30940 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30941 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30942 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30943 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30944 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30946 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30948 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30950 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30951 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30952 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30954 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30955 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30956 own View-like bindings.
30958 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30960 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30961 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30963 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30964 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30966 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30967 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30968 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30969 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30971 \\<view-mode-map>
30973 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30974 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30975 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30976 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30977 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30978 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30979 to a repeat count of one.
30981 H, h, ? This message.
30982 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30983 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30984 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30985 > move to the end of buffer.
30986 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30987 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30988 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30989 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30990 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30991 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30992 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30993 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30994 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30995 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30996 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30997 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30998 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30999 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31000 Use this to view a changing file.
31001 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31002 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31003 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31004 . set the mark.
31005 x exchanges point and mark.
31006 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31007 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31008 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31009 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31010 ' go to position saved in character register.
31011 s do forward incremental search.
31012 r do reverse incremental search.
31013 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31014 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31015 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31016 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31017 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31018 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31019 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31020 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31021 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31022 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31023 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31024 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31025 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31026 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31027 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31028 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31029 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31031 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31032 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31033 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31034 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31035 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31036 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31037 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31038 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31039 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31041 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31045 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31046 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31047 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31048 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31049 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31050 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31051 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31052 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31053 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31055 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31057 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31059 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31060 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31061 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31062 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31063 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31064 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31066 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31067 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31068 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31070 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31072 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31074 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31076 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31077 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31079 \(fn)" t nil)
31081 ;;;***
31083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21678 60839 513748
31084 ;;;;;; 778000))
31085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31086 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31088 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31089 Toggle Viper on/off.
31090 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31092 \(fn)" t nil)
31094 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31095 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31097 \(fn)" t nil)
31099 ;;;***
31101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21678
31102 ;;;;;; 60839 497748 135000))
31103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31105 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31106 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31107 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31108 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31109 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31110 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31111 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31112 the beginning of the warning.")
31114 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31115 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31116 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31117 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31118 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31119 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31120 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31121 also call that function before the next warning.")
31123 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31124 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31126 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31127 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31128 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31129 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31131 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31132 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31133 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31134 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31135 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31136 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31138 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31139 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31140 Default is :warning.
31142 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31143 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31144 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31145 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31146 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31147 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31149 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31150 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31151 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31153 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31155 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31156 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31158 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31160 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31161 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31162 \\<special-mode-map>
31163 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31164 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31166 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31167 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31168 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31169 can be whatever you like.)
31171 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31172 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31174 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31175 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31176 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31177 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31178 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31180 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31182 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31183 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31184 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31185 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31186 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31188 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31190 ;;;***
31192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21678 60840 553790 471000))
31193 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31194 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31196 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31197 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31198 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31199 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31200 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31201 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31202 directories to reflect your edits.
31204 See `wdired-mode'.
31206 \(fn)" t nil)
31208 ;;;***
31210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21678 60840 9768
31211 ;;;;;; 710000))
31212 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31214 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31215 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31217 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31218 hotlist.
31220 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31221 <nwv@acm.org>.
31223 \(fn)" t nil)
31225 ;;;***
31227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21678
31228 ;;;;;; 60840 377783 430000))
31229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31230 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31231 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31233 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31235 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31236 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31237 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31239 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31240 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31242 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31244 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31245 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31250 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31251 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31252 in certain major modes.
31254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31256 ;;;***
31258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21678 60840 557790
31259 ;;;;;; 631000))
31260 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31261 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31263 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31264 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31265 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31266 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31267 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31269 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31270 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31274 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31275 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31276 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31277 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31278 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31280 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31281 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31282 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31283 use `whitespace-mode'.
31285 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31289 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31290 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31291 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31293 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31294 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31296 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31298 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31299 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31300 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31301 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31302 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31304 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31305 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31309 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31310 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31311 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31313 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31314 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31316 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31318 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31319 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31320 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31321 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31322 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31324 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31325 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31326 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31327 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31329 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31333 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31334 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31336 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31337 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31339 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31340 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31342 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31344 CHAR MEANING
31345 (VIA FACES)
31346 f toggle face visualization
31347 t toggle TAB visualization
31348 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31349 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31350 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31351 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31352 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31353 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31354 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31355 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31356 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31357 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31358 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31359 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31360 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31361 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31362 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31363 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31365 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31366 T toggle TAB visualization
31367 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31368 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31370 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31371 ? display brief help
31373 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31374 The valid symbols are:
31376 face toggle face visualization
31377 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31378 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31379 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31380 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31381 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31382 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31383 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31384 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31385 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31386 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31387 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31388 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31389 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31390 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31391 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31392 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31393 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31395 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31396 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31397 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31399 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31401 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31403 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31405 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31406 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31408 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31409 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31411 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31412 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31414 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31416 CHAR MEANING
31417 (VIA FACES)
31418 f toggle face visualization
31419 t toggle TAB visualization
31420 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31421 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31422 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31423 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31424 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31425 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31426 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31427 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31428 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31429 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31430 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31431 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31432 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31433 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31434 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31435 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31437 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31438 T toggle TAB visualization
31439 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31440 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31442 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31443 ? display brief help
31445 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31446 The valid symbols are:
31448 face toggle face visualization
31449 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31450 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31451 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31452 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31453 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31454 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31455 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31456 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31457 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31458 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31459 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31460 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31461 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31462 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31463 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31464 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31465 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31467 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31468 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31469 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31471 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31473 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31475 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31477 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31478 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31480 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31481 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31482 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31483 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31484 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31486 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31488 The problems cleaned up are:
31490 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31491 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31492 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31493 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31495 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31496 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31497 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31498 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31499 SPACEs.
31500 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31501 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31502 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31503 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31505 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31506 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31507 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31508 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31509 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31510 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31511 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31512 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31514 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31515 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31516 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31518 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31519 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31520 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31521 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31522 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31523 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31524 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31525 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31527 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31528 documentation.
31530 \(fn)" t nil)
31532 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31533 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31535 The problems cleaned up are:
31537 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31538 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31539 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31540 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31541 SPACEs.
31542 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31543 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31544 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31545 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31547 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31548 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31549 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31550 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31551 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31552 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31553 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31554 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31556 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31557 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31558 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31560 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31561 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31562 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31563 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31564 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31565 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31566 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31567 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31569 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31570 documentation.
31572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31574 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31575 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31577 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31579 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31581 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31582 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31584 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31585 non-nil.
31587 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31588 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31589 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31591 empty
31592 trailing
31593 indentation
31594 space-before-tab
31595 space-after-tab
31597 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31598 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31599 report problems.
31601 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31603 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31604 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31605 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31606 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31607 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31608 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31609 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31611 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31612 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31613 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31614 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31615 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31616 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31617 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31619 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31620 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31621 cleaning up these problems.
31623 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31625 ;;;***
31627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21678 60840 557790
31628 ;;;;;; 631000))
31629 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31631 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31632 Browse the widget under point.
31634 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31636 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31637 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31639 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31641 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31642 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31644 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31646 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31647 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31648 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31649 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31650 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31654 ;;;***
31656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21678 60840 561790
31657 ;;;;;; 791000))
31658 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31660 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31661 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31663 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31665 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31666 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31667 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31669 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31671 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31672 Create widget of TYPE.
31673 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31675 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31677 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31678 Delete WIDGET.
31680 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31682 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31683 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31685 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31687 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31688 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31689 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31690 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31692 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31693 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31695 \(fn)" nil nil)
31697 ;;;***
31699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21733 15494 362925
31700 ;;;;;; 968000))
31701 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31703 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31704 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31705 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31706 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31707 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31708 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31709 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31713 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31714 Select the window above the current one.
31715 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31716 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31717 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31718 negative ARG) of the current window.
31719 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31723 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31724 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31725 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31726 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31727 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31728 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31729 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31733 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31734 Select the window below the current one.
31735 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31736 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31737 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31738 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31739 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31743 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31744 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31745 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31746 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31748 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31750 ;;;***
31752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 15494 362925 968000))
31753 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31755 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31756 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31757 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31759 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31760 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31762 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31764 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31765 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31767 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31768 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31769 \\{winner-mode-map}
31771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31773 ;;;***
31775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21678 60840 573791 271000))
31776 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31777 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31779 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31780 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31781 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31782 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31783 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31785 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31787 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31788 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31789 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31790 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31791 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31792 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31793 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31794 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31796 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31797 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31799 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31801 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31802 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31804 \(fn)" t nil)
31806 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31807 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31808 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31809 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31810 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31811 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31812 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31813 `woman' command for further details.
31815 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31817 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31818 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31820 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31822 ;;;***
31824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21678 60840 573791 271000))
31825 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31827 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31828 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31829 Return the top node with all its children.
31830 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31832 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31833 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31834 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31836 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31838 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31839 namespace to URIs instead.
31841 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31842 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31844 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31846 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31848 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31850 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31851 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31852 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31853 not contain well-formed XML.
31855 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31856 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31857 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31858 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31859 element of the list.
31860 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31861 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31862 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31864 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31866 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31867 namespace to URIs instead.
31869 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31870 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31872 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31874 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31876 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31878 ;;;***
31880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21678 60840 29769
31881 ;;;;;; 509000))
31882 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31884 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31885 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31886 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31887 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31888 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31889 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31890 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31891 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31892 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31893 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31895 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31897 ;;;***
31899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21738 45410 880804
31900 ;;;;;; 179000))
31901 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31903 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31904 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31906 \(fn)" t nil)
31908 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31909 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31911 \(fn)" nil nil)
31913 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31914 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31915 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31916 prompt for it.
31918 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31920 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31921 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31923 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31925 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31926 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31928 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31930 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31931 Find references to the identifier at point.
31932 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31934 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31936 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31937 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31938 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31940 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31941 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31942 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31943 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31944 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31945 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31947 ;;;***
31949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21779 25618 200348
31950 ;;;;;; 730000))
31951 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31953 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31954 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31955 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31957 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31958 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31960 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31962 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31963 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31968 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31969 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31970 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31971 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31972 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31973 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31977 ;;;***
31979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21678 60839 733757 619000))
31980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31982 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31983 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31985 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31987 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31988 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31990 \(fn)" nil nil)
31992 ;;;***
31994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21678 60840 213776 870000))
31995 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31997 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31998 Zone out, completely.
32000 \(fn)" t nil)
32002 ;;;***
32004 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "finder-inf.el" "format-spec.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/4Corner.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ARRAY30.el" "leim/quail/CCDOSPY.el" "leim/quail/CTLau-b5.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/CTLau.el" "leim/quail/ECDICT.el" "leim/quail/ETZY.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/PY-b5.el" "leim/quail/PY.el" "leim/quail/Punct-b5.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/Punct.el" "leim/quail/QJ-b5.el" "leim/quail/QJ.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/SW.el" "leim/quail/TONEPY.el" "leim/quail/ZIRANMA.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ZOZY.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-b5.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/quick-cns.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/tsang-b5.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tsang-cns.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21804 4067 633695
32231 ;;;;;; 693000))
32233 ;;;***
32235 (provide 'loaddefs)
32236 ;; Local Variables:
32237 ;; version-control: never
32238 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32239 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32240 ;; coding: utf-8
32241 ;; End:
32242 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here